WO2023111300A1 - Hard surface connection system, method and product - Google Patents
Hard surface connection system, method and product Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023111300A1 WO2023111300A1 PCT/EP2022/086424 EP2022086424W WO2023111300A1 WO 2023111300 A1 WO2023111300 A1 WO 2023111300A1 EP 2022086424 W EP2022086424 W EP 2022086424W WO 2023111300 A1 WO2023111300 A1 WO 2023111300A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- tile
- assembly
- attachment
- assemblies
- attachment feature
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 70
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 253
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 253
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 218
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 210000002105 tongue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 96
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 94
- 239000011440 grout Substances 0.000 claims description 84
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910001172 neodymium magnet Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 153
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 123
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 90
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 77
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 57
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 39
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 34
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 34
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 34
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 34
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 34
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000012779 reinforcing material Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229910052573 porcelain Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 16
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 12
- -1 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013013 elastic material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004579 marble Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010146 3D printing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001684 low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004702 low-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000385654 Gymnothorax tile Species 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 3
- QJVKUMXDEUEQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [B].[Fe].[Nd] Chemical compound [B].[Fe].[Nd] QJVKUMXDEUEQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004568 cement Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009408 flooring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000173697 Euchloe naina Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000011358 absorbing material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002877 acrylic styrene acrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007799 cork Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010438 granite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000005405 multipole Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 2
- QMRNDFMLWNAFQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enenitrile;prop-2-enoic acid;styrene Chemical compound C=CC#N.OC(=O)C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 QMRNDFMLWNAFQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012858 resilient material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007788 roughening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007514 turning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000497 Amalgam Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000271 Kevlar® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011449 brick Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005253 cladding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012505 colouration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004567 concrete Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003302 ferromagnetic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006261 foam material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013008 moisture curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004078 waterproofing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E04—BUILDING
- E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
- E04F15/00—Flooring
- E04F15/02—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements
- E04F15/08—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements only of stone or stone-like material, e.g. ceramics, concrete; of glass or with a top layer of stone or stone-like material, e.g. ceramics, concrete or glass
- E04F15/082—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements only of stone or stone-like material, e.g. ceramics, concrete; of glass or with a top layer of stone or stone-like material, e.g. ceramics, concrete or glass with a top layer of stone or stone-like material, e.g. ceramics, concrete or glass in combination with a lower layer of other material
- E04F15/087—The lower layer being of organic plastic with or without reinforcements or filling materials
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E04—BUILDING
- E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
- E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
- E04F2201/01—Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship
- E04F2201/0107—Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship by moving the sheets, plates or panels substantially in their own plane, perpendicular to the abutting edges
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E04—BUILDING
- E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
- E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
- E04F2201/06—Magnets
Definitions
- This relates to the field of tiling, and in particular, a tile system having a plurality of tiling assemblies connected together for releasable connection.
- Tiles may be installed on a surface of a room, such as the floor or a wall, for functional or aesthetic reasons. Without tiling, it may be unsafe to walk on a floor, which may have an uneven or splintered surface. Tiles may be installed to protect the underlying surface from various damage and wear (e.g. from liquids and impact). The exposed surface of the tile may have a decorative feature, such as colours, patterns, or designs, which increase the aesthetic appeal of the surface upon which the tile is installed.
- the surface Prior to installing tiles on the surface, the surface may first need to be prepared, such as by cleaning the surface, installing a mesh frame subfloor, and/or applying a layer of mortar to the surface. Installing the tiles may itself be a delicate task. When the tiles are laid down on the surface, adjacent tiles may need to be level and even; otherwise, the raised edges and corners of uneven tiles may provide discomfort or be a safety hazard to those walking on the tiled surface, and tiles that are misaligned or improperly spaced may be aesthetically displeasing. After the tiles are laid down, the tiled surface may need further treatment, such as the application of grout, which may be cumbersome and time-consuming. [0006] Moreover, it may be difficult to replace installed tiles. It may be tedious and messy to remove the installed tiles, which may dislodge hardened mortar and grout, generate dust, and damage the underlying surface. Because the installed tiles are secured to the same surface, it may be difficult to replace only some of the installed tiles without damaging other tiles.
- a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for detachable connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first tile bonded to a layer of stabilizing material; wherein the first tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, and the second tile assembly further comprises a second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies.
- a tile system for covering a surface comprising: a first tile assembly configured for detachable connection to a second tile assembly, each tile assembly comprising: a first tile joined to a stabilizing material; wherein the first tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component, and the second tile assembly further comprises a second attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component.
- the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
- the first attachment component and the second attachment component are engaged in a friction fit when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
- the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is disposed on all sides of the first tile assembly.
- the second attachment component is disposed on all sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is a hook
- the second attachment component is a loop
- each of the first and second attachment components has at least one magnetic element disposed therein.
- each of the first and second attachment components is a magnet.
- the first attachment component is a tongue and the second attachment component is a groove.
- first attachment component is formed from a polymer material.
- the reinforcing material is an orthotropic glass fiber material.
- an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
- the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
- the first tile assembly and second tile assembly define a gap therebetween.
- the gap is approximately 3/16”.
- the second tile of the first tile assembly has a first coupling surface for releasably mounting the first and second tile assemblies to a second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
- the first coupling surface has loops.
- the second coupling surface has hooks.
- the first tile has one of a triangular, rectangular, or hexagonal shape.
- the first tile has a polygonal shape.
- connection between the first and second tile assembly is waterproof.
- the first attachment component is malleable.
- a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: an exterior facing tile having a plurality of sides; a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of the plurality of sides; and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of the plurality of sides; wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tile, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tile.
- the tile assembly further comprises a layer of stabilizing material disposed on an underside of the exterior facing tile.
- the tile assembly further comprises an interior facing tile disposed on the layer of stabilizing material.
- the stabilizing material is one of fiberglass, steel, or aluminum.
- the tile assembly further comprises a layer of sound-absorbing material.
- the sound-absorbing material is cork.
- the first and second attachment components are malleable.
- the tile assembly is resistant to one or more of rolling loads, high impacts, static loads, and shifting and/or settling of the substrate.
- the first and second attachments have one or more magnetic elements disposed therein.
- the first and second attachments form a hook and loop configuration.
- the first and second attachments form a click and lock configuration.
- a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first tile and the second tile; and a plate having a recess configured to accept at least one of the first tile and the second tile, said plate comprising: a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of said plate, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of said plate, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent plate, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent plate.
- the tile assembly further comprises a grout for sealing connections between adjacent plates.
- a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first tile and the second tile; and a tray having a recess configured to accept at least one of the first tile and the second tile, said plate comprising: a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of said tray, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of said tray, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tray, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tray, and wherein the first and second attachment components further include an artificial grout.
- a connector for connecting a first tile having a plurality of sides to at least a second tile comprising: a plurality of inner faces, each inner face having a shape complementary in shape to a respective side of the plurality of sides of the first tile; at least one first attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least one of the inner faces; at least one second attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least another one of the inner faces; wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component of an adjacent grout connector, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent connector.
- the connector further comprises a recess for accepting the first tile.
- the connector is bonded to the first tile with adhesive.
- a connection between the first and second attachment components with the adjacent connector is waterproof.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
- the first and second attachment components comprise at least one magnetic element for strengthening the connection between the connector and the adjacent connector when connected.
- a method of manufacturing a tile assembly comprising: joining a first tile to a layer of reinforcing material; and applying pressure to the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material.
- the method further comprises joining a second tile to the layer of reinforcing material.
- the method further comprises joining a soundproof material to the second tile.
- the method further comprises joining a first attachment component to a first side of the first tile; and joining a second attachment component to a second side of the first tile.
- the method further comprises placing one or more of the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material into a tray or plate having a recess dimensioned to accept the one or more of the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material.
- the method further comprises bonding the reinforcing material to the tray or plate.
- the method further comprises placing one or more of the first tile, second tile, and reinforcing material into a tray or plate having a recess dimensioned to accept the one or more of the first tile, second tile, and reinforcing material.
- the method further comprises bonding the second tile to the tray or plate.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one magnetic element.
- a method of covering a substrate with interlocking tile assemblies without bonding the interlocking tile assemblies to the substrate comprising: engaging a first attachment feature of a first tile assembly with a second attachment feature of a second tile assembly, the first attachment component being complementary in shape to the second attachment component; and engaging a second attachment feature of the first tile assembly with a first attachment feature of the second tile assembly.
- the first and second tile assemblies comprise a first tile and a layer of stabilizing material on an underside of the first tile.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one magnetic element.
- an exposed surface of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
- the method further comprises defining a gap between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly upon connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly.
- the gap is approximately 3/16”.
- the method further comprises: mounting the tiling assembly to the substrate by connecting a first coupling surface of the first tile assembly to a second coupling surface of the substrate, the second coupling surface being complementary in shape to the first coupling surface.
- the first coupling surface has loops.
- the second coupling surface has hooks.
- a reinforced tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; and a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles.
- the first tile has a plurality of sides
- the tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of the plurality of sides, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of the plurality of sides, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tile assembly, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tile assembly.
- the stabilizing material is one of fiberglass, polyethylene terephthalate, steel, aluminum, or foam.
- a tile system for covering a surface comprising: a first tile assembly connected to a second tile assembly by a connector, each tile assembly comprising a first tile stacked on a second tile, the first tile and the second tile joined to a reinforcing material disposed therebetween; wherein the connector comprises a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component; the first component is mounted to the first tile assembly, and the second component is mounted to the second tile assembly.
- the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
- a side of the first tile assembly having the first component is opposite a side of the second tile assembly having the second component when the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly are connected.
- the first tile assembly has the first component on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly
- the second tile assembly has the second component on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first tile assembly has the first component on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly
- second tile assembly has the second component on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first tile assembly has the first component on all sides of the first tile assembly.
- the second tile assembly has the second component on all sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first component of the connector is a hook
- the second component of the connector is a groove
- the first component of the connector is a tongue and the second component of the connector is a channel.
- the connector is formed from a polymer material.
- the reinforcing material is an orthotropic glass fiber material.
- an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are level.
- the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
- the first tile assembly and second tile assembly define a gap therebetween.
- the gap is approximately 3/16”.
- the second tile of the first tile assembly has a first coupling surface for releasably mounting the first and second tile assemblies to a second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
- the first coupling surface has loops.
- the second coupling surface has hooks.
- a method of covering a surface comprising: joining pairs of first tiles and second tiles to reinforcing material disposed therebetween, the first tiles stacked on the second tiles, to define a first tile assembly and a second tile assembly; and connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly with a connector to define a tiling system, the connector having a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
- the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
- a side of the first tile assembly having the first component is opposite a side of the second tile assembly having the second component when the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly are connected.
- an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are level.
- the method comprises defining a gap between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly upon connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly.
- the gap is approximately 3/16”.
- the method comprises: mounting the tiling assembly to the surface by connecting a first coupling surface of the first tile assembly to a second coupling surface of the surface, the second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
- the first coupling surface has loops.
- the second coupling surface has hooks.
- a free floating tile system to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate
- the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first tile stacked onto a second tile, the first tile and the second tile being bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles; a first magnetic attachment component mounted to the first tile assembly; a second complimentary magnetic attachment component mounted to the second tile assembly for attracting the first magnetic attachment component to inhibit relative movement of the first and second tile assemblies when the first and second tile assemblies are each placed in an installation position relative to each other; a spacer for maintaining a separation between the first and second attachment components to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween and to maintain a magnetic separation force, such as a resistance force, therebetween, which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the first tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the first tile assembly and the
- the first magnetic element is located adjacent an edge of the first tile assembly.
- the spacer is located between the first and second magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are in the installation position.
- the spacer is made from at least one of the following materials: polyethylene, low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene, polypropylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate, a thermoplastic elastomer, TPE (Thermo Plastic Elastomer) and silicone.
- LDPE low-density polyethylene
- HDPE high-density polyethylene
- polypropylene acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate
- TPE Thermo Plastic Elastomer
- silicone silicone
- the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly.
- the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly as part of a tongue and groove connection for connection to the second tile assembly.
- the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly as part of a click and lock connection for connection to the second tile assembly.
- the spacer is configured to house the first magnetic attachment.
- the free floating tile system further comprises a grout feature, wherein the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly and the grout feature forms an at least partial seal when the first and second tile assemblies are arranged in the installation position and the magnetic attachment component is retained by the spacer.
- the magnetic attachment component is mounted flush with a face of the tile assembly and the grout feature is a plastic being one of deformable and rigid.
- the magnetic attachment component is at least partially covered by the grout feature to form an at least partially finished surface covering when the first tile assembly is installed with the second tile assembly.
- a tile assembly for forming a free floating surface covering over a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile stacked on a second tile, the first tile and the second tile being bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles; a first magnetic attachment component mounted to the tile assembly for connection to a second magnetic attachment component of a second tile assembly to inhibit relative movement of the tile assemblies when the tile assemblies are each placed in an installation position relative to each other; a spacer mounted to the tile for maintaining a separation between the tile assemblies to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween and to maintain a magnetic separation force therebetween which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the tile assembly and the second tile assembly.
- a method of installing two or more tile assemblies to at least partially cover a surface comprising: aligning a first edge of a first tile assembly having a spacer, the first edge having a first magnetic tile component, and the first tile assembly being complementary in shape to a first face of the spacer with a second edge of a second tile assembly with the spacer, the second edge having a second magnetic tile component complimentary to the first magnetic tile component, the second tile assembly generally corresponding in shape to a second face of the spacer; magnetically engaging the first magnetic attachment component with the second magnetic attachment component adjacent the spacer to maintain a magnetic separation resistance force therebetween which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the first tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly.
- the first and second tile assemblies comprise a first tile and a layer of stabilizing material on an underside of the first tile.
- an exposed surface of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
- a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies having a first tile, the first and second tile assemblies further comprising first and second attachment components, respectively, the first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, the second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies, at least one of the attachment components being made from an elastic material.
- a tile system for covering a surface comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies having a first tile, the first and second tile assemblies further comprising first and second attachment components, respectively, the first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, the second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies, at least one of the attachment components being made from an elastic material.
- the attachment components are configured to maintain a gap between complementary magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
- the gap is from about 0.6mm to about 0.8mm.
- first attachment component and the second attachment component are engaged in a friction fit when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
- the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is disposed on all sides of the first tile assembly.
- the second attachment component is disposed on all sides of the second tile assembly.
- the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
- each of the first and second tile assemblies further comprise a second tile, the first tile being stacked on the second tile.
- first tile and the second tile are bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles.
- each of the first and second tile assemblies have at least two non-decorative layers and one decorative layer.
- the first and second tile assemblies have at least two decorative layers and one non-decorative layer.
- the tiles are ceramic tiles.
- an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
- the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
- the first tile has one of a triangular, rectangular, or hexagonal shape.
- the first tile has a polygonal shape.
- connection between the first and second tile assembly is waterproof.
- the complementary magnetic elements are four- pole magnets.
- the complementary magnetic elements are six- pole magnets.
- the complementary magnetic elements are one or more pairs of magnet and magnetic metal.
- magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets.
- the magnetic elements have a length of from about 47.8mm to about 48.2mm, a height of from about 3.9mm to about 4.1 mm, and a width of from about 1 .1 mm to about 1 ,3mm.
- a connector for connecting a first tile having a plurality of sides to at least a second tile comprising: a plurality of inner faces, each inner face having a shape complementary in shape to a respective side of the plurality of sides of the first tile; at least one first attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least one of the inner faces; at least one second attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least another one of the inner faces; the first attachment component being configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component of an adjacent grout connector, the second attachment component being configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent connector, the first and second attachment components each comprising or being configured to receive at least one magnetic element for strengthening the connection between the connector and the adjacent connector when connected, wherein the first and second attachment components are made from an elastic material.
- the connector is further configured to maintain a gap between the magnetic elements and corresponding magnetic elements of the adjacent grout connector.
- the gap is from about 0.6mm to about 0.8mm.
- the connector further comprises a recess for accepting the first tile.
- the connector is bonded to the first tile with adhesive.
- a connection between the first and second attachment components with the adjacent connector are waterproof.
- the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
- the connector has thickness of about 3mm.
- a method of manufacturing a tile assembly configured to connect detachably to at least one other tile assembly, the method comprising: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
- a tool for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles.
- the suction assembly comprises four suction cups.
- a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a first tile of the first tile assembly, the first attachment component including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, the side surface of the first tile having one or more magnetic elements connected thereto; and a second attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a second tile of the second tile assembly, the second attachment including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, and the side surface of the second tile having one or more other magnetic elements, complementary to the one or more magnetic elements of the first tile assembly, connected thereto and positioned such that there is a magnetic force of attraction between the complementary magnetic elements.
- the magnetic elements of the first and second attachment components are protruding from the side surfaces less than the polymeric surfaces such that there is a space between complementary magnetic elements.
- the first tile is bonded to a layer of stabilizing material.
- the first and second attachment components are the same shape as the tiles, and extend along each side surface of the first and second tiles, respectively.
- the first and second attachment components each include two polymeric tongues on two opposing sides of the tiles, and two complementary polymeric grooves on two other opposing sides of the tiles, and the magnetic force compresses the attachment components so as to create a water resistant seal between the tile assemblies that has the appearance of grout.
- At least one magnetic element has a thickness that is less than the width and length, a width that is less than the length and more than the thickness, and a length greater than the thickness and width.
- the first and second tile assemblies each comprises: two of the magnetic elements on each of the side surfaces, the two magnetic elements being on opposite sides of one of the at least one polymeric surface.
- the two magnetic elements are from about 3 to about 9 inches apart from one another.
- two magnetic elements are about 6 inches apart from one another.
- the length is from about 40mm to about 60mm
- the width is from about 2mm to about 6mm
- the thickness is from about 0.5mm to about 2mm.
- the length is about 48mm
- the width is about 4mm
- the thickness is about 1.2mm.
- At least one of the magnetic elements is a neodymium magnet.
- the space between the complementary magnetic elements is at least .02 mm. [00168] In yet another implementation, the space between the complementary magnetics is from about 0.4 mm to about 0.8 mm.
- the space between the complementary magnetic elements is from about 0.5 to about 0.7 mm.
- an inner surface of the first and second attachment features in contact with the sides of the first and second tiles are roughened to promote adherence between the attachment features and the sides.
- the inner surface of the first and second attachment features is treated with plasma light or corona light.
- first and second attachment features are connected to the sides by an adhesive, and an inner surface of the first and second attachment features has defined therein small apertures to strengthen adhesion provided by the adhesive.
- a polymeric attachment feature the frame and polymeric attachment feature having a similar shape, the frame comprising: four sides, each of the sides including a compressible joint permitting a reduction in length of each side of the frame in response to an applied force, so as to facilitate placement of the polymeric attachment feature therearound when the compressible joint is at least partially compressed, the frame having a maximum width and length larger than a width and length of the polymeric attachment feature.
- the compressible joints include a spring.
- upper and lower surfaces of the frame have protrusions and recesses, respectfully, defined therein for receiving protrusions and recesses of other frames to facilitate stacking of the frames.
- the length and the width of the frame are from about 1 mm to about 5mm larger than the length and the width of the polymeric attachment feature.
- the frame further comprises holes at each corner thereof that are engageable to compress the compressible joints.
- Figure 1 is a schematic of a tile assembly
- Figure 2 is a schematic of the tile assembly of Figure 1 with another attachment feature
- Figure 3 is a schematic of the tile assembly of Figure 1 with another attachment feature
- Figure 4 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system
- Figure 5 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system
- Figure 6 is a schematic of the edges of a tile
- Figure 7 is a schematic of the attachment feature of the tile
- Figure 8 is a schematic of an attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 9 is a schematic of an attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 10 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature and an example female attachment feature
- Figure 11 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature and an example female attachment feature connected together;
- Figure 12A is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly
- FIG. 12B is a schematic of another attachment feature of an example embodiment of a tile assembly
- Figure 13 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematics of another attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 16 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 17 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly
- Figure 18 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly
- Figure 19 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly.
- Figure 20 is a schematic of two tile assemblies connected together with attachment features
- Figure 21 is a schematic of the male attachment feature of Figure 20;
- Figure 22 is a schematic of attachment features connecting two tile assemblies together
- Figure 23 is a schematic of a tile system formed from four tile assemblies
- Figure 24 is a schematic of two tile assemblies joined together with attachment features
- Figure 25 is a schematic of a tile assembly having an attachment feature
- Figure 26 is a schematic of a tile assembly having an attachment feature
- Figure 27 is a schematic of a tile assembly
- Figure 28 is a schematic of a tile assembly having a male attachment feature that is connected with a female attachment feature
- Figure 29 is a schematic of two tile assemblies connected together by a male attachment feature and a female attachment feature to form a tile system; [00208] Figures 30-34 depict the tile assemblies of Figure 29 separated from each other;
- Figure 35 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system
- Figure 36 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system
- Figure 37 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system
- Figure 38 is a schematic of a tile system
- Figure 39 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system
- Figure 40 is a schematic of a tile assembly having two tiles
- Figure 41 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles connected together
- Figure 42 is two exploded views of a tile assembly having two tiles
- Figure 43 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles, with stabilizers connected to the tile assemblies;
- Figure 44 is a schematic of a tile system having nine tiling assemblies connected together;
- Figure 45 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles, with loops connected to the tile assemblies;
- Figure 46 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufactured with the stabilizer moulded to a tile
- Figure 47 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufacturing tool
- Figure 48 is a schematic of the tile assembly manufacturing tool of Figure 47;
- Figure 49 is a schematic of a tile assembly being manufactured by the tool of Figure 47;
- Figure 50 is a schematic of a temperature plot of the plastic and the tool during the tile assembly manufacturing process
- Figure 51 is a schematic of a moulding backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly
- Figure 52 is a schematic of a tile for manufacturing a tile assembly
- Figure 53 is a schematic of press welding a tile and a backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly
- Figure 54 is a schematic of a manufactured tile assembly
- Figure 55 is a table outlining features of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process
- Figure 56 is a schematic of a tile and a backing plate being press welded together to form a tile assembly
- Figure 57 is a schematic of cams of a tile assembly manufacturing tool
- Figure 58 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly
- Figures 59-63 are schematics of press-welded tile assemblies
- Figure 64 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly
- Figure 65 is a schematic of a tile assembly with a tile, a stabilizer, and a female attachment feature
- Figure 66 is a schematic of a mount assembly
- Figure 67 is a schematic of plates of a mount assembly
- Figure 68 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
- Figure 69 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
- Figure 70 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
- Figure 71 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly
- Figure 72 is a schematic of a joining component of the mount assembly
- Figures 73-74 are schematics of a joining component of the mount assembly
- Figure 75 is a schematic of a joining component of the mount assembly
- Figure 76 is a schematic of a mount assembly with the plates and joining components assembled together;
- Figure 77 is a schematic of a mount assembly with gaps on the plates
- Figure 78 is a schematic of a mount assembly
- Figure 79 is a schematic of a mount assembly
- Figure 80 is a schematic of a mount assembly
- Figure 81 is a schematic of a mount assembly being assembled
- Figure 82 is a schematic of a mount assembly being assembled
- Figure 83 is a schematic of a corner of a plate of a mount assembly
- Figure 84 is a schematic of a corner of a plate of a mount assembly
- Figure 85 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly
- Figure 86 is a schematic of a mount assembly having another attachment feature
- Figure 87 is a schematic of a plurality of plates and joining components of a mount assembly
- Figures 88-92 are schematics of another attachment feature of a plate of a mount assembly
- Figures 93-95 are schematics of assembling a mount assembly
- Figures 96-97 are schematics of a mount assembly having another attachment feature
- Figures 98-101 are schematics of attachment features of mount assemblies
- Figure 102 is a schematic of another plate of the mount assembly
- Figure 103 is a schematic of four plates of a mount assembly connected by joining components
- Figure 104 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly having recesses and through-holes
- Figure 105 is a schematic of plates of the mount assembly
- Figures 106-109 are schematics of mounting a mount assembly to a surface
- Figure 110 is a schematic of mounting a tile system to a mount assembly
- Figure 111 is a schematic of a wall for mounting the mount assembly
- Figure 112 is a flow chart depicting a method for assembling and using a tile system to cover a surface
- Figure 113 is a flow chart depicting a method for mounting a tile system to a surface using a mount assembly
- Figure 114 is a schematic of telegraphing on a floor when using roll-out vinyl
- Figure 115 is a schematic of a round object on a tile assembly
- Figure 116 is a schematic of a corner of a tile
- Figure 117 is a schematic of a tile assembly
- Figure 118 is a schematic of an example embodiment of a tile assembly.
- Figure 119 is a tile assembly partial view having a spacer in a tongue configuration
- Figure 120 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly having a groove configuration on a first edge and a spacer in a tongue configuration on a second edge;
- Figure 121 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly with a spacer in a tongue configuration and magnetic attachment components mounted on the spacer adjacent to the tongue;
- Figure 122 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly with a spacer in a tongue configuration and magnetic attachment components mounted on the tile assembly and housed by the tongue;
- Figures 123 to 124 are isolated perspective views of a spacer having magnetic attachment components for mounting on the spacer to a face of the tile;
- Figure 125 is a partial top perspective view of a tile with a spacer in a groove configuration and magnetic attachment component recessed in the groove;
- FIG. 126A is perspective view of a tile assembly.
- FIG. 126B is an expanded view of the tile assembly shown in FIG. 1 A.
- FIG. 126C is an expanded view of the tile assembly shown in FIGS. 1A and 1 B but including a magnetic element.
- FIG. 127A is a perspective view of the connector from FIGS. 1A-1C, shown in isolation.
- FIG. 127B is an expanded view of the connector shown in FIG. 2A.
- FIG. 128 is a perspective view of a tool for removing a tile assembly from the tile system.
- FIG. 129 is a flow chart illustrating a method for manufacturing tiles having grout connectors fastened thereto.
- FIG. 130 depicts a system for carrying out the method shown in FIG. 129.
- FIG. 131 depicts a frame configured to receive a grout connector after its manufacture.
- FIG. 132 depicts the frame of FIG. 131 and a stack thereof.
- FIG. 133 illustrates an exemplary process of ejection of the grout connector from the frame shown in FIGS. 131 and 132 onto a tile.
- FIG. 134 illustrates a stack of magnets for use in the manufacturing process described in FIG. 129.
- FIGS 135 is closer view of the system shown in FIG. 130, showing components for managing the magnets for installation onto a tile.
- FIG. 136 illustrates a perspective view of the system shown in FIG. 130.
- FIG. 137 illustrates top and expanded views of a grout connector carrier/frame.
- a tile assembly and a tile system are disclosed.
- the tile assembly may comprise a first tile.
- the bottom surface of the tile may be joined with a stabilizer for laying the tile assembly on a floor.
- the tile assembly may comprise connectors having attachment features on at least a portion of one or more sides of the tile.
- the attachment features may be integrally formed with the stabilizer or may be separately joined to the tile.
- the attachment features may be complementary to one another, such that tile assemblies may be joined together to form a tile system.
- a spacer assembly 11906 (see Figure 119) may be integral with, additional to, separate from, or independent of the attachment feature (e.g., attachment feature 706) to space apart any magnetic attachment elements 11980 contained in the tile assembly from magnetic attachment elements contained in adjacent tile assemblies in the tile system.
- the tile system may comprise two or more tiles, including a stabilizer (such as fibreglass or other suitable material) between the two tiles.
- the tile system may be used to cover a surface, such as a floor.
- the tile system may be laid down on the floor (or onto some other surface or substrate) without the need to use mortar to join the tile system to the floor.
- the tile attachment components may be made from an elastomeric material and may be configured to maintain a gap between complementary magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are connected. Accordingly, the tile system may “free float” and self-level when installed on a somewhat horizontal surface such as a floor.
- the tile system may be mounted to a wall or ceiling to at least partially cover the wall or ceiling.
- a mount assembly comprising plates and discs may be mounted to a surface, such as the wall, such that the tile system may be mounted to the mount assembly to cover the surface.
- the tile assembly may be used as a subsurface or as a surface.
- the range of magnetic materials which may constitute the magnetic attachment elements may include, ferromagnetic materials, rare-earth metals, composites, and magnetic metallic elements.
- An embodiment comprises magnetic attachment elements derived from, in whole or in part, of the rare-earth material neodymium which can have a strong magnetic force and may be suitable for securely fixing tile assemblies 100 relative to each other on a substrate.
- magnets that are entirely, partially or that do not include, neodymium may be employed in embodiments of the invention. While the magnets described herein are typically not made of pure neodymium (though they may be). Magnets used in embodiments may be of the general formula Nd2Fe14B (e.g., including an amalgam, compound or molecule having some combination of neodymium, iron, boron). As noted, other types of magnets such as ferromagnets may be used in some embodiments.
- FIGS. 126A-126C illustrate a tile assembly 20000 comprising a tile 20006 having a grout connector 20008 (which is a prefabricated grout and may be referred to as “connector” herein) disposed therearound.
- the tile 20006 may be formed from one or more tiles, or layers (not shown).
- the layers can be decorative or non-decorative.
- the tile 20006 may have a thickness of, for example, from about 7.5mm to about 8.5mm.
- the connector 20008, shown in isolation in FIGS. 127A-127B, may be attached to the tile 20006 by, for example, an adhesive.
- the connector 20008 may include one or more tongue attachment features (20010, 20012) and one or more complementary groove attachment features (20011). Such attachment features may extend partially or completely along the length of each side the connector 20008.
- the connector may have a plurality of recesses 20004 defined therein for receiving one or more magnetic elements 20010 (FIG. 1C) such that the magnetic elements 20010 can be directly attached to the side faces of the tile 20006 and/or to the connector 20008, such as by an adhesive.
- the magnetic elements 20010 in combination with the attachment features (20010,20011 ,20012) may permit a detachable connection between the tile assembly 20002 and one or more other tile assemblies (not shown).
- the detachable connection may be maintained by a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the tile assemblies toward one another.
- the connector 20008 does not include attachment features, and only includes magnetic elements 20010.
- the side faces of the tiles and/or the connector 20008 of each tile assembly may simply abut side faces and/or connectors of adjacent tile assemblies such that the tile assemblies are held together by a detachable connection maintained by at least a magnetic force.
- the connector 20008 or at least its attachment features may be made from an elastic material to minimize and preferably eliminate gaps between adjacent connectors when the tile assemblies are installed.
- the detachable connection may thus be a water tight connection.
- the elastic material may be, for example, Asili DynalloyTM, SantopreneTM or may be selected from other suitable thermoplastic elastomers.
- the connector may be configured to maintain a gap (not shown) between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies.
- the gap may be from, for example, from about 0.4mm to about 0.8mm.
- Such gap may enable a degree of conformation of the tile system to the floor on which it is installed, particularly when the floor has imperfections/irregularities. This may reduce or obviate the need for a sub-floor or a leveller as required when installing prior tile systems.
- the ability of the tile system to conform may also reduce or avoid the need for expansion joints between tiles when they would otherwise be required. Further, the gap between the assemblies may facilitate removal of a broken installed tile. In some embodiments, a gap may not be provided (i.e. , the complementary magnetics may touch one another).
- the assembly may include at least one multi-pole magnet (e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets) on each side of the tile to encourage self-alignment.
- multi-pole magnet e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets
- standard (north/south) magnets may be used.
- complementary magnetic elements may be complementary pairs of a suitable metal (e.g., steel) and a magnet.
- the magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets. Such magnets may be, for example, nickel plated or epoxy plated. In one example implementations, the magnets are about 48mm +/- 0.2 mm (length) x 4mm +/- 0.1 mm (height) x 1.2mm +/- 0.1 mm (width). Such magnet dimensions permit a relatively thin grout connector, i.e., about 3mm +/-0.2 mm which may improve aesthetic appeal, while permitting a space between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies to facilitate disassembly and/or to permit thermal expansion of the tile assemblies.
- the grout connector may be treated with plasma light, corona light, or other suitable roughening techniques to encourage an additional level of adherence between the connector and tile.
- the grout connector may include small holes to increase adhesion when using an adhesive to bond the connector to the tile.
- the tile assembly may be assembled by: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
- a tool 20015 for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles
- the tool comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles. If the tile to be detached is broken, a nonporous plastic sheet with an adhesive on one side may be applied to the outer surface of the tile and the suction cup may then engage the sheet to remove the tile.
- the tool 20015 may include a centering element 20024 including suction cups and rods, and may be operated manually by a drive wheel 20018 to remove a tile.
- the tool 20015 may include a support assembly comprising a frame 20020 which is depicted as a sole bar, but may include more than one support bars, for example, in a cross or another configuration.
- the frame 20020 may include or be supported by mounts 20016.
- the tool 20015 may be used to replace a broken tile by first placing and centering the tool 20015 on the tile to be replaced. Next, suction cups (not clearly shown) may engage the tile, and the wheel 20018 may be turned to lift the tile to be replaced. The neighboring tiles may be partially lifted, or may stay on the floor. Once the tile to be replaced is disengaged from the surrounding tiles, and a new tile can be engaged by the centering element. This tile may then be replaced by being lowered into engagement with the aforementioned neighboring tiles.
- FIG. 130 illustrates a system for carrying out the manufacturing process described in FIG. 129.
- a dual cure adhesive e.g., having a UV curable glue and a moisture curable glue
- UV light may be applied from below the tile to selectively cure the UV glue. This may prevent or minimize leakage of adhesive which could cause sticking between finished tiles (see finished tile stack).
- the moisture curing glue may cure over time, e.g., while the tiles rest in the stack, to ensure adhesion between connector and tile in areas where UV light cannot reach.
- Frames 20030 (FIGS. 131 and 132), also referred to herein as grout connector carriers, may be used in the manufacture of the grout connectors 20008.
- the grout connector 20008 may be injection moulded, it may be ejected onto and surround a frame 20030 which may optionally include a mechanism (20032) to compensate for shrinkage of the grout connector 20008 as it cools.
- Such mechanism 20032 may be, for example, a spring.
- the frame 20030 and grout connector 20008 may be stacked, which may be facilitated by protrusions 20031 and complementary holes 20037 on opposite sides of the frames. Such a protrusion is shown in the expanded view in FIG. 132, and the hole 20037 is shown in the expanded view in FIG. 137.
- the frame 20030 and grout connector 20008 may then be picked up, such as, for example, by a robot, and placed above a fresh tile 20006.
- the grout connector 20008 may be ejected, by an ejection tool or component thereof 20040, from the frame 20030 onto and around the tile 20006.
- the ejection tool 20040 may first expand (not shown) the frame 20030 such that the inner dimensions of the grout connector 20008 are larger than the outer dimensions of the tile 20006.
- the locator holes 20033 in the frame 20030 may be used by, e.g., a robot (though this and the following steps could be done manually by a human using an appropriate tool) to grab the to grab the holes 20033 to compress the compression joints in order to be able to release the grout connector (GC) easily, i.e. , the robot will be able to pull the holes towards each other in order to make the frame smaller and hence the GC will come of the grout connector carrier (GCC)Zframe.
- the reverse may be done when taking the part from the tool, e.g., to make the GCC smaller, position it in the tool, then the GC is ejected onto the GCC, and the robot can increase the distance between the holes to make sure the GC is tight on the GCC.
- the dimensions of the frame 20030 shown in FIG. 137 are one example embodiment of a carrier for a grout connector sized for a tile that may be, e.g., 600mm by 300mm.
- the frame and grout connector may be sized according to any other tile dimension.
- the magnets may be provided in a stack 20050 (FIG. 135).
- a magnet separator 20060 may be used to separate the magnet stack 20050 so as to connect individual magnets to the tile.
- a rotary lever 20062 may be used to apply the magnets dispensed by the separator 20060 to the tile once the tile is in place (see FIG. 136).
- the magnet separator 20060 may include a suitable dispensing mechanism, such as a pneumatic dispenser.
- the separator 20060 may be positioned above a transport element 20062 which may be moved until the rectangular hole 20064 (shown in FIG. 153 as empty and positioned away from the element 20062) in the transport element 20062 sits underneath the separator 20060.
- the separator 20060 may dispense a magnet to be moved back away from the separator, toward a “left” position (with respect to the orientation of FIG. 135).
- the magnet will drop down to the magnet applicator 20065, where the magnet is held in place, optionally by magnetic force.
- the applicator 20065 may then be moved by 90 degrees around the horizontal axle and apply the magnet to the tile.
- the tile holder 20067 may hold an individual tile in place and may include recesses for firmly holding the tile in place.
- a tile positioned to have magnets applied thereto is shown in the upper position in FIG. 136.
- the tool 20062 may be used to move the tile to a lower position (where a tile having magnets attached thereto is shown), to be conveyed by a conveyor 20068 to a finished tile stack 21100.
- FIG. 137 illustrates top and expanded views of the grout connector carrier, or frame 20030 shown in FIG. 131 .
- the frame 20030 may be configured to have a grout connector (stretchable attachment feature, e.g., made from a polymeric material) attached thereon.
- the frame 20030 may have, for example, four sides (but could have more depending on the shape of the tile used), each of the sides including a compressible joint 20032 permitting a reduction in length of each side of the frame in response to an applied force, so as to facilitate placement of the polymeric attachment feature therearound when the compressible joint is at least partially compressed, the frame having a maximum width and length larger than a width and length of the polymeric attachment feature.
- a spacer 11906 assembly may be included with the tile system to allow for tile covering systems to be readily dismantleable, particularly in embodiments having strong magnetic attachment elements 11980 such as neodymium elements (FIG. 107).
- the spacer 11906 which may also serve as a retainer for magnetic attachment elements 11980, may permit adequate spacing of coupled magnetic attachment elements 11980, such that the magnetic force between them is maintained, but remains less than the force required to move the magnetic attachment components 11980, relative to their respective tile assemblies.
- Such spacing may facilitate dismantling an installed floor covering, including in an embodiment, non-destructive dismantling, which may be conveniently completed manually, and without tools, in some embodiments.
- the magnetic force between magnetic attachment elements 11980 is greater than the threshold retention connection between a magnetic attachment element 11980 and its associated tile assembly 100, then the magnetic attachment element 11980 may become detached or dislodged from its associated tile assembly 100 while maintaining the magnetic connection to an associated magnetic attachment element of an adjacent tile assembly.
- a suitably dimensioned spacer 11906 (which may also house or maintain a magnetic attachment element 11980) may be employed to increase the separation of associated magnetic elements.
- Such separation between magnetic elements is maintained so that such magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be separated by a force that is less than a value of the force required to dislodge such magnetic elements from their respective tile assemblies. If such separation is not maintained, then it is possible that when connected tile assemblies 100 are connected and later separated, the force required for separation could dislodge or break a magnetic attachment element 11980 from its associated tile assembly 100 (and possibly undesirably retain a magnetic connection to an associated magnetic attachment element from which separation is desired in order to separate adjacent tile assemblies).
- At least one of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and an attached tile assembly 100 may break because the force required for such breakage is less than the force between the two magnetic elements 11980 being separated.
- the spacer 11906 may cover the magnetic attachment element 11980 completely or cover only a portion, for example, on the periphery, on the corners, in the middle.
- the strong magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be embedded or otherwise fixed within the tile assemblies 100 (either adjacent an edge of the tile assembly, or distanced from an edge if sufficient magnetic attraction to an adjacent tile is present) such that the tile itself serves a spacing function in conjunction with adjacent tiles having complementary magnetic attachment elements (e.g., of opposite polarity).
- This embodiment may include a magnetic element formed or molded into, for example, ceramic or porcelain tiles.
- a cavity may be drilled, cut, ground or otherwise created (preferably in the substrate-facing face of a tile or decorative covering) and a magnetic attachment element 11980 inserted and retained therein (e.g., by adhesive, friction, or placement).
- tiles can be staggered at midpoint or at 1/3 of the length of a side of the tiles to allow for visually different look of the completed installation.
- the tile assemblies, and particularly the grout connectors may be configured so as to permit a gap between magnets of adjacent tile assemblies. Configuring the tile assemblies to prevent the magnets from touching may facilitate disconnection of systems of tile assemblies as it can be difficult to disconnect physically mated magnets from one another.
- the grout connector may be directly ejected onto the grout connector carrier (GCC) to hold its shape for attaching to tile later.
- the GCC may be a reusable device that may be injection-moulded, milled or 3D printed.
- the purpose of the GCC is to hold the grout connector “in shape” prior to being added to tile assembly; compensate for shrinkage of grout connector after ejection from injection moulding machine; and to store the part (without tangling) and then transfer it for attachment to the tile assembly.
- the GCC may be stackable and reusable.
- a magnetic attachment component may be mounted to a tile assembly by an adhesive, glue, mechanical connection (e.g., threaded screw or clip), or other bonding or connection feature.
- the magnetic attachment component may instead not be mounted directly to the assembly and may instead be retained by a holder or retainer to inhibit movement of the magnetic attachment component relative to its associated tile assembly when in use.
- embodiments of the invention may be employed with other types decorative coverings which may be attached or mounted to one another by means of one or more spaced magnetic elements (e.g., carpeting, vinyl, wood, glass).
- embodiments may include single tiles or two or more stacked tiles or other surface covering elements.
- the spacer 11906 may fit adjacent tile assemblies to form a partial seal or waterproof seal, for instance, by tongue and groove or click and lock connection.
- the spacer 11906 may alternatively or additionally perform as a grout to visually close and/or functionally seal the space between adjacent tile assemblies.
- the spacer may be formed to resemble traditional grout in appearance (e.g. colour, texture, resilience etc.), while additionally retaining one or more magnetic elements in place.
- the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be manufactured by a variety of methods, including moulding, 3D printing, extrusion, welding, milling, melting or machining. It may be made from, in whole or in part by polymers such as polyethylene, HDPE, LDPE, polypropylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate, a thermoplastic elastomer, TPE (Thermo Plastic Elastomer) or silicone, and may be filled or unfilled.
- polymers such as polyethylene, HDPE, LDPE, polypropylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate, a thermoplastic elastomer, TPE (Thermo Plastic Elastomer) or silicone, and may be filled or unfilled.
- the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be shaped to match a tile 102, tile assembly 100 or tile assemblies with which it is coupled. In some instances, the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be fit along a single edge, or a portion of an edge, of a tile or tile assembly. In other instances, the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may frame the entire perimeter or circumference of polygonal or round tiles or tile assemblies.
- the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be sufficiently thick to cause an at least 0.2 mm distance between attachment features of adjacent tile assemblies (i.e., between corresponding magnets 11980), to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween for nondestructive disassembly of associated tile assemblies, as well as to permit thermal expansion of the tile assemblies while reducing or avoiding damage to the tiles.
- narrower spacing may be suitable for attachment features having less magnetic resistance.
- Narrower spacing may also be suitable if the assemblies are to be installed in an environment with a consistently stable temperature.
- broader spacing may be required (e.g., .02 to 20mm or more; 0.2 mm to 10mm; 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm; or 0.5 to 0.7 mm).
- Spacing between adjacent magnetic attachment features 11980 need not be uniform.
- a ramp shaped spacer 11906 (or retainer 11908) may be employed to reduce the magnetic attraction of adjacent magnetic attachment features 11980 and complementary magnetic attachment features.
- Other shapes and configurations may also be used, including but not limited to regular geometric shapes, irregular shapes, patterns (e.g. sawtooth), and irregular patterns. It is also possible to employ single or multiple intermittent spacers (not shown) along at least one edge of tile 102, provided that the requisite reduction in magnetic attraction is achieved to limit damage and/or undesired separation of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and its associated tile assembly 100.
- the spacer need not be directly attached to or adjacent a magnetic attachment feature 11980.
- a single spacer in the nature of a protrusion mounted adjacent a distal edge or corner of a decorative covering (or tile) may serve to maintain a desired separation of magnetic attachment elements 11980.
- a second similar spacer may be employed along the same edge to achieve a preferred spacing (e.g., between 0.05 mm and 2.5 mm).
- Two or more distributed spacers may also be employed either on the same decorative covering, or distributed between facing edges of multiple decorative coverings.
- similar (or different) spacers may be used on the same or an adjacent tile 102 to maintain the desired separation of magnetic attachment elements 11980.
- the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 can additionally serve to reduce or minimize lippage as such feature may restrict bowing of the tiles and tile assemblies by holding the form of the tile or tile assembly. This may permit installed assemblies to free float to some degree over substrates, even when such substrates are not level, are imperfect or otherwise uneven.
- FIG 1 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100.
- the tile assembly 100 comprises a tile 102 and a stabilizer 104.
- the stabilizer 104 is joined to a bottom surface of the tile 102, such that the top surface is exposed when installed on a surface, such as a floor or a wall.
- the stabilizer 104 may be joined to the tile 102 using moulding (e.g. injection moulding), welding (e.g. press welding, ultrasonic welding, vibration welding, contact welding), adhesive, and the like.
- the stabilizer 104 of the tile assembly 100 may contact one or more points of the floor.
- the tile assembly 100 may have different shapes.
- the tile assembly 100 may be generally square in shape.
- the tile assembly 100 may be generally a circle, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, having one or more curves sides, and the like.
- the tile 102 or stabilizer 104 may have a shape similar to the shape of the tile assembly 100.
- the tile 102 or stabilizer 104 may also have a generally square shape.
- the tile 102 may be joined to a stabilizer 104 having a generally square shape such that the tile assembly 100 has a generally square shape.
- the tile 102 may be made of a variety of materials.
- the tile 102 may be resilient flooring that may be made of marmoleum (sheet goods or modules), vinyl (sheet goods or modules), luxury vinyl tile (LVT; some LVT may have a textured surface and other LVT may have a smooth surface), or vinyl composite tile (VCT).
- the tile 102 may be made with narrow or wide width tufted carpet, painted or woven carpet, or carpet tile. The carpet materials may be glued down, double stitched, or pod and smooth out as appropriate.
- the tile 102 may be Laminam ® tiles.
- the tile 102 may be a laminate tile, porcelain tile, ceramic tile, stone tile, marble tile, and the like.
- the tile 102 of the tile assembly 100 may be previously cut, or the material for the tile 102 may be purchased to independently fabricate the tile 102 and independently cut the tile 102.
- the material of the tile e.g. marble, porcelain, or ceramic in thin sheets
- An example size of the tile 102 may range from 3/8” x 3/8” to 24” x 48”, and may be larger or smaller.
- An example thickness of the tile 102 may range from 1/8” to 1/2”, and may be thicker or thinner.
- the thickness of the tile 102 may be 2 mm - 4 mm.
- the size and thickness of the tile 102 may affect the amount of stress required to break the tile 102.
- the size and thickness of the tile 102 may be based on the manufacturing process used to make the tile assembly 100. For example, where injection moulding is used to manufacture the tile assembly 100 (e.g. join the tile 102 and the stabilizer 104), the size and thickness of the tile 102 may be such that the tile 102 does not break during the injection moulding process.
- the tile assembly 100 may be used in commercial or residential markets. The type of materials used in the tile assembly 100 may be based on the particular market in which it is used.
- the tile assembly 100 may be mounted to a wall using a mount assembly, which may comprise plates and discs, as described in greater detail herein.
- the tile assembly 100 may be designed to have a reduced weight if the tile assembly 100 is to be mounted on a surface off the floor, such as a wall.
- the surface of the tile 102 that may be visually seen or touched may have designs.
- the surface of the tile 102 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
- the stabilizer 104 may be joined to the back of the tile 102, such as by coinjection or a second process injection.
- the stabilizer 104 may have a bubble feature. This bubble feature may provide a water course or moisture course, assist with self-leveling of the tile assembly 100, may assist in ease of connecting a tile assembly 100 to another tile assembly 100, and may improve sound-proofing capabilities of the tile assembly 100.
- the stabilizer 104 or the bubble feature of the stabilizer 104 may be made from flexible or compressible polymer.
- the stabilizer 104 may be molded, extruded, formed, and/or attached to the tile 102.
- the stabilizer 104 may be manufactured using a variety of materials.
- the material of the stabilizer 104 may easily create a strong bond or indestructible bond, may not crack (e.g. a high dependability product polymer or crystalline product), and may be formed into shapes having detailed designs and dimensions (e.g. able to form a small recess at a surface of the tile to the top of the surface of the grout).
- the stabilizer 104 may be made of foam, or may be made of a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or fibre glass, or may be a metallic material, such as steel. Where the stabilizer 104 is made of a polymer, the polymer may be flexible and compressible.
- the stabilizer 104 may comprise an adhesive, such as glue, epoxy, polyester, polyurethane, silicone, cement, or the like, to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface, such as a wall.
- the stabilizer 104 may comprise loops for connecting with hooks of the mount assembly to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface, such as a wall.
- the stabilizer may be steel, aluminum, or a combination thereof.
- the stabilizer 104 may be manufactured using moulding, 3D-printing, and the like.
- Initial launches of the tile assembly 100 may be based on entire markets or partial markets when some F&Bs and life cycle costs advantages are more important to end user customers.
- the tile assembly 100 may replace a portion of carpet tile market with the ability to deliver high performance atmospheric stability with new narrow and wide width carpet products.
- the stabilizer 104 may comprise loops for connecting with hooks to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface having the hooks. It may be possible to add various and different features based on the materials used for the tile assembly 100 and the surface on which the tile assembly 100 is installed. It may be possible to add various features for specifically addressing certain specific products in all categories of products.
- the tile assembly 100 may replace conventional tiles with “free float” narrow or wide width goods with strategic design for printed or tufted materials.
- the materials may be physically cut to order.
- a new generation #2 plate and disc with improvements (e.g. reduce weight add filler) and obtain Class #1 and European equivalent to Class #1 .
- improvements e.g. reduce weight add filler
- the tile 102 is carpet
- improvements i.e. reduce weight by design and obtain Class #2.
- the edge of the stabilizer 104 may be generally flush with the edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may extend past the edge of the tile 102, as depicted in Figure 2. [00350] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be a loop backing made of standard loop material. In some embodiments, an adhesive, such as a rubber adhesive, may join the stabilizer 104 to the tile 102. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be attached by hand.
- the tile assembly 100 may comprise an attachment feature 106 that may be complementary to an attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100 for connecting the tile assembly 100 to the another tile assembly 100 to define a tile system.
- the connection between the tile assemblies 100 may be a mechanical connection.
- the attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly and the attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100 may together form a connector for connecting the tile assembly 100 to the another tile assembly 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may allow for mechanical stability when a tile assembly 100 is connected to another tile assembly 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may bear a similar visual appearance to the grout of conventional tile installations.
- the attachment feature 106 may provide a degree of ingress protection to water.
- the attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be dimensioned and designed such that the attachment feature 106 does not extend above the top surface of the tile assembly 100 (which may be defined by the top surface of the tile 102) or does not extend below the bottom surface of the tile assembly 100 (which may be defined by the bottom surface of the tile 102 or the stabilizer 104.
- the attachment feature 106 may be water resistant.
- the connector When the attachment feature 106 of a tile assembly 100 is connected to the attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100, the connector may be a watertight seal.
- a rubber seal may be applied to the attachment feature 106 or the connector to form a watertight seal or improve water resistance of the attachment feature 106 or the connector.
- the material used for the attachment feature 106 may keep its shape such that the pressure generated between two tile assemblies 100 upon connection to each other may be maintained.
- the attachment feature 106 may be integrally formed with the stabilizer 104, as depicted in Figure 2 or Figure 3. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be separate from the stabilizer 104. [00356] The attachment feature 106 may be manufactured using, for example, 3D printing or injection moulding, or another generative manufacturing method. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be injected moulded and then a routing process may be used to form the actual engagement/attachment feature.
- the attachment feature 106 may be glued to the tile 102, may be moulded onto the tile 102, or bonded to the tile 102, such as to the edge of the tile 102.
- the attachment feature may be made of a magnetic material.
- the attachment feature 106 may include one or more magnets or magnetic elements which ensure a connection and/or supplement the resistive forces provided by a mechanical interconnection of two tiles 102.
- the attachment feature 106 may be manufactured using a variety of materials that may be similar to the stabilizer 104.
- the material of the attachment feature 106 may easily create a strong bond or indestructible bond, may not crack (e.g. a high probability product polymer or crystalline product), and may be formed into shapes having detailed designs and dimensions (e.g. able to form a small recess at a surface of the tile to the top of the surface of the grout).
- the attachment feature 106 may be made of foam, or may be made of a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), magnetic material, or fibreglass, or may be a metallic material, such as steel. Where the attachment feature 106 is made of a polymer, the polymer may be flexible and compressible.
- the attachment feature 106 may comprise an adhesive to secure to the tile assembly 100.
- loops may be joined to the stabilizer 104 for mounting the tile assembly 100 to corresponding hooks on a surface, such as a mount assembly.
- the loops may be adhered to the stabilizer 104, which may be made of foam.
- the stabilizer 104 may be connected to the tile 102 using an adhesive, and may be connected to the tile 102 by hand.
- the attachment feature 106 When designing the attachment feature 106 (e.g. its shape, dimensions, designs, appearance) or joining the attachment feature 106 to the tile 102, the tolerances of the tile 102 (e.g. length, width, angle defined between the length and width) may need to be considered. The cooling or shrinkage of the attachment feature 106 may need to be considered when designing the attachment feature 106 or joining the attachment feature to the tile 102.
- the attachment feature 106 may have a variety of designs, such as shape, dimensions, designs, or appearance.
- the attachment feature 106 may be coloured.
- the attachment feature 106 may be treated to look like grout.
- the attachment feature 106 may have a recess for joining to the tile 102 or for joining with another attachment feature 106.
- the attachment feature 106 may comprise a corner or lip. The corner or lip may not be seen, and may help to adjust the shape of the tile assembly 100 and may be a new tolerance for the tile 102.
- the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 may be complementary to one other for connecting the tile assemblies 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature 110.
- the attachment feature 106 may have a click-lock feature to lock with another attachment feature 106. The locking of the attachment features 106 may be indicated by a “click” sound.
- the seam defined between the attachment features 106 may be camouflaged.
- the tile 102 may be set into the stabilizer using, for example, adhesive. The setting of the tile 102 into the stabilizer 104 or grout feature may provide additional stability, such that the attachments between tiling assemblies 100 may stay relatively level even when on uneven surfaces or in the presence of a height difference between tiling assemblies 100.
- the design of the attachment feature 106 may be such that large forces may not be required for connecting the tile assemblies 100 and to assemble the tile system, or no big holding forces may be necessary. Further, the attachment feature 106 may have a robust design so that the tile assembly 100 may be used in rough conditions, such as construction areas. The attachment feature 106 may be designed such that connected tile assemblies 100 may be disconnected or disassembled without damaging the tile assemblies 100 so the tile assemblies 100 may be reused again or several times.
- the length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be no greater than 3/8”, or no greater than 3/16”, thereby providing for an artificial grout. In some embodiments, the length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be 3/16”. The length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be based on the location that the tile assembly 100 may be used. For example, the length of the tile attachment feature 106 may be such that typical wheels (e.g.
- the attachment feature 106 may roll over the attachment feature 106 or high heels of a stiletto may step on the attachment feature 106, and the stress experienced by the attachment feature 106 may be such that the attachment feature 106 does not break or become damaged or cause the connected tile assemblies 100 to break or become damaged.
- the attachment feature 106 may be on all sides of the tile assembly 100. In some embodiments, opposite or adjacent sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the attachment feature 106. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have a click-lock feature. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have a tongue and groove feature.
- the tile 102 and the attachment feature 106 may be injection moulded together in one process.
- the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the tile 102 on the bottom surface of the tile 102 and the edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the edge of the tile 102.
- the components of the tile assembly 100 should be able to withstand the stresses of the manufacturing process without damage, breaking, or failure.
- the tile assembly 100 should be able to withstand high impact and rolling loads when installed on the surface, such as the floor or wall.
- the attachment feature 106 may be injection moulded to the tile 102 against the bottom surface of the tile 102 and the edge of the tile with or without the stabilizer 104.
- the tile 102 may be 2 mm, 4mm, or 8 mm thick.
- shrinkage or cooling factors may need to be considered, such that there may not be unwanted concave or convex issues.
- the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the tile 102 with one injection moulding process, or may use a secondary process to provide a realistic visual effect of grout.
- the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 may define a line on the top surfaces of the attachment features 106.
- the line may meet at one of the far edges where the tile assemblies 100 come together thereby hiding the potential for visual noticing of the grout line.
- the top surface of the attachment feature 106 may have a micro feature to help create the look of conventional grout.
- the top surface of the attachment feature 106 may be recessed from the top surface of the tile 102.
- the attachment feature 106 (e.g. click-lock, tongue and groove) may lock tile assemblies 100 together sufficiently to perform under high stress and demanding conditions.
- the attachment feature 106 may be designed to allow tile assemblies 100 to be separated from each other without damaging the attachment feature in instances where the tile assembly 100 may be disengaged for replacement, repair, or cleaning.
- the material (e.g. polymer) used to create the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may be able to maintain integrity when they engage with other attachment features 106 and put under high stresses or rolling stresses.
- the stress experienced by the tile assembly 100 from a particular force may be greater compared to when the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 is relatively even.
- the material used for the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may be such that the material maintains its integrity and not crack or be damaged if the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 or tile subsystem is uneven.
- the attachment feature 106 may frame the tile 102.
- the attachment feature 106 may have four sides similar to the tile 102, and opposite or adjacent sides of the attachment feature 106 may have the connections for connecting with another tile assembly 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may be a generally flat surface. To join with another tile assembly 100, the attachment feature 106 may have an adhesive, a hook or loop, or another feature that may cooperate with the attachment feature 106 of the other tile assembly 100 to join the tile assemblies 100 together.
- the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 may be complementary to one other for connecting the tile assemblies 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature 110.
- on one end of the tile assembly 100 is the male attachment feature 108
- on the opposite end of the tile assembly 100 is the female attachment feature 110.
- the male attachment feature 108 and female attachment feature 110 may be on adjacent sides of the tile assembly 100. The male attachment feature 108 of one tile assembly 100 may be received in the female attachment feature 110 of another tile assembly 100 to join the tile assemblies 100 together.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system 400a and a tile system 400b.
- Tile system 400a comprises two tile assemblies 100 having tiles 102 and stabilizers 104 joined together with attachment features 106.
- Tile system 400b is generally similar to tile system 400a, except that the tiles 102 of tile system 400a have no tapered edge, and the tiles 102 of the tile system 400b have tapered edges 408. Accordingly, the attachment features 106 may be designed such that it may adhere to the tapered edge 408.
- attachment features 106 include magnetic elements which enhance the strength of connections between tile systems 400a, 400b.
- various attachments 106 and male 108 and female 110 connectors may be made entirely of magnetic materials, or include magnetic elements for enhancing the force of attraction between connected tile systems.
- the attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be pre-fabricated and may be used with free-float installations of stabilized tiles 102.
- the attachment features 106 may be pre-attached in a factory or on site, or not attached to the tile 102 at all.
- the attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be a single piece separate from the tile assemblies 100 that joins tile assemblies 100 together.
- the attachment feature 106 may be designed and configured to contact the tile assemblies 100 and connect with the tile assemblies 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may be pre-fabricated. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be liquid or partly liquid and may be applied on site.
- the stabilizer 104 may comprise a feature for mounting to a surface (e.g. hook or loop, or adhesive).
- the stabilizer 104 may be connected to a surface having the other of the hook or loop, or may be joined to a surface by the adhesive.
- the adhesive may be on the surface, and the tile assembly 100 may be joined to the surface.
- the tile assembly 100 may not have a stabilizer 104.
- stabilizer 104 may be present if required (e.g. if the surface on which the tile assembly 100 is installed is uneven).
- the stabilizer 104 may be embedded in the tile 102 (e.g. in the center of the tile 102). In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be installed between two tiles 102.
- the exist floor substrate is reasonably flat, it may be possible to use pre-fabricated attachment features 106, either pre-attached to the tile 102 or attached on site during installation, on at a least two sides of tile 102 to enable the tile assembly 100 to be installed without any attachment to the floor or existing substrate.
- a resilient, sound proof, leveling layer could be used either separately or attached (e.g. as shown in FIG. 118).
- FIG. 118 is an example embodiment of a tile assembly 11800.
- tile assembly 11800 includes a first tile 11802a, a second tile 11802b separated by a stabilizing layer 11804, and an optional soundproofing layer 11850, all encased by attachment feature 11806.
- first tile 11802a may have a decorative covering.
- stabilizer 11804 may be a fibreglass layer, with adhesive on one or both sides for bonding to the tiles.
- the soundproofing layer 11850 is made of cork or another material suitable for soundproofing.
- the attachment feature 11806 has adhesive on an inner surface to bond with the other elements 11802a, 11802b, 11804, 11850.
- the first tile 11802a, stabilizing layer 11804 and second tile 11802b may have a thickness, when stacked, of approximately 50-75mm. More particularly, the stacked thickness may be approximately 0.5-1 .0 inches. More particularly, the thickness may be approximately 5-7mm.
- the stabilizing layer 11804 may be a compressible polymer, foam, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or a metallic material such as steel or aluminum.
- the attachment feature 106 may be pre-applied on site and adhesively attached on site, could be pre-applied offsite or onsite, could be pre-fabricated on the tile 102, or could be joined with the tile 102 with pressure and without use of adhesive.
- Figure 5 is another schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system 500.
- the tiles of the tile system 500 have tapered edges.
- Figure 6 is a schematic of example edges of a tile 102 of a tile assembly 100. Different types of edges are possible. For example, as illustrated in Figure 6, tile 602a has a recess in its edge, tile 602b has a curved edge, tile 602c has a smaller recess in its edge, and tile 602d has a V-shape edge.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic of embodiments of an attachment feature 706 of the tile 102.
- attachment feature 706a may be pre-fabricated and may be pre-attached to the tile 102.
- attachment feature 706b may be pre-fabricated and may or may not have an adhesive layer for joining with the tile 102.
- attachment feature 706c may have an adhesive layer on both sides to join with the tile 102 and with the attachment feature of another tile assembly 100.
- FIG 8 is a schematic of an attachment feature 806 of the tile 102.
- attachment feature 806a may be pre-fabricated and on all sides of the tile 102, either pre-attached or attached on site. As depicted, tile 102 is square, so each of the four sides of the tile has the attachment feature 806a.
- attachment features 806b of tile assemblies 100 may define a seam 808 therebetween. The seam 808 may or may not have an adhesive for connecting the tile assemblies 100 together.
- attachment feature 806c may be pre-fabricated and may have a hook and loop or adhesive to improve ease of installation and reduce possibility of capillary action upward.
- attachment feature 806d may extend past the edge of the tile 102 to produce additional “pressure” for tightly joining the tile assemblies 100 or camouflaging the seam defined by the attachment features 106 of the tile assemblies 100.
- the attachment feature 106 may be made of rigid or flexible material. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have some flexibility and/or resilience to allow for pressuring when one tile assembly 100 is installed side by side to another tile assembly 100. Flexibility and/or resilience of the attachment feature 106 may also provide for some movement between tile assemblies 100 to absorb when installed.
- a slip sheet may be used to provide for the ability to pressure a tile 102 against a flexible pre-fabricated or moulded attachment feature 106. This may work with attachment features 106 of various shapes or designs.
- Moulds of stabilizer 104 may be used for one or two step manufacturing of the tile assembly 100, and may be with or without attachment feature 106 on the mould.
- the surface of the attachment features 106 that may be visually seen or touched may have designs.
- the surface of the attachment features 106 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
- the tile assembly 100 may be waterproof or may be applied with a material so it may be water proof. In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be installed on a wall, for example in a shower stall, to protect the wall from liquids.
- FIG 9 is a schematic of an attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 100.
- the tile assembly 100 may have a tile 102, a stabilizer 104 (which may be made of a polymer such as PET), and an attachment feature 106.
- Two tile assemblies 100 may be connected together using attachment features 106 to be a tile system 900.
- the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature 110.
- Some sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the male attachment feature 108, and other sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the female attachment feature 110.
- the male attachment features 108 may be on adjacent sides and the female attachment features 110 may be on adjacent sides, or the side having the male attachment feature 108 opposes the side having the female attachment feature 110.
- Two tile assemblies 100 may be connected together, using a male attachment feature 108 and a female attachment feature 110, to form a tile assembly 900.
- Figure 10 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature 108 and an example female attachment feature 110.
- the male attachment feature 108 may have a protrusion with adjacent sides that are perpendicular.
- the male attachment feature 108 may have a generally rectangular protrusion.
- the female attachment feature 110 may have a recess with adjacent sides that are perpendicular.
- the female attachment feature 110 may have a generally rectangular recess.
- the attachment features 106 e.g. male or female attachment feature 106 or 108) of the tile assembly 100 may extend along the entire side of the tile assembly 100.
- the attachment features 106 e.g.
- male or female attachment feature 106 or 108) may be only at certain positions of the side of the tile assembly 100.
- the female attachment feature 110 may extend along an entire side of the tile assembly 100.
- the male attachment feature 108 may only be at one or more discrete positions of the side of the tile assembly 100.
- Figure 11 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature 108 and an example female attachment feature 110 connected together.
- FIG 12 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly 100.
- the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200b have click-lock attachment features 106.
- a curved portion of an attachment feature 106 may be received in a curved portion of another attachment feature 106.
- the tile assembly 1200a or the tile assembly 1200b may have to be angled relative to the other to slide the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200b together for the attachment features 106 to connect.
- the attachment features 106 connect the tile assembly 1200a or the tile assembly 1200b may be lowered relative to the other.
- the click-lock attachment features 106 may engage. Their engagement may be indicated by a “click sound”.
- the attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 1200a and 1200b may be joined at the edge of the tiles 102 of the tile assembly 1200a and 1200b.
- the tile assemblies 1200c and 1200d have tongue and groove male and female attachment features 108 and 110.
- the male attachment feature 108 on tile assembly 1200d has a generally ground protrusion.
- the female attachment feature 110 on tile assembly 1200c has a generally ground recess.
- the opening of the recess of the female attachment feature 110 may be smaller than the largest part of the male attachment feature 108.
- the male attachment feature 108 may elastically deform when the male attachment feature 108 is being received in the female attachment feature 110. When the male attachment feature 108 is received in the female attachment feature 110, the male attachment feature 108 may return to its original shape.
- the attachment feature 110 of the tile assembly 1200c may be joined at the edge of the tile 102 and at the bottom of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200c.
- the attachment feature 108 of the tile assembly 1200d may be joined at the edge of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200d.
- the attachment feature 106 of tile assembly 1200a and the attachment feature 110 of tile assembly 1200c may have an edge that extends from the tile assembly 1200a and tile assembly 1200c to tile assembly 1200b and tile assembly 1200d, respectively.
- the edge of the attachment features 106 and 110 may abut the edge of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200b and tile assembly 1200d to hide or camouflage the attachment feature line or seam, which may provide a clean and aesthetically pleasing finish when the tile assemblies 1200a, 1200b, 1200c, or 1200d are installed on a surface.
- FIG. 12A there may be a routed recess 112 in the edge of the tiles 102 of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c.
- the recess 112 may be along one or more edges of the tiles of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c.
- the recess 112 may be along all edges of the tiles of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c.
- the attachment feature attached to the edge of the tile 102 having the recess 112 may have a corresponding protrusion to be received in the recess 112 to connect the attachment feature to the tile 102.
- the attachment feature 106 of tile assembly 1200a and the attachment feature 110 of the attachment feature 1200c has such a protrusion received in the recess 112 of the tiles 102 of the tile assembly 1200a and the tile assembly 1200c.
- the top surfaces of the tiles 102 and the top surfaces of the attachment features 106 and 110 define a recess 114.
- This may provide an appearance of conventional grout when the tile assemblies are installed on a surface.
- the recess may be camouflaged (e.g. by scoring) to achieve an appearance similar to that of conventional grout.
- FIG. 12B is a schematic of an alternative embodiment of a tongue and groove attachment feature of a tile assembly, in accordance with some embodiments.
- the tongue and groove attachment feature includes magnetic elements.
- the tongue is a continuous tongue which is interspersed with magnets 1280 and polymers 1281 along the length of the tongue to form a solid tongue.
- the groove attachment includes complementary magnets 1282, which facilitate the creation of a solid and strong connection between the tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f.
- the connection between tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f may be sufficiently strong to prevent vertical lift between tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f in situations where the substrate beneath the tiling system is uneven.
- the magnetic elements may be 1 mm thick, 2- 3mm wide, and 10-20mm long and incrementally placed approximately every 3-4 inches.
- the foregoing dimensions represent merely an example embodiment, and that configurations with other dimensions are possible and contemplated herein. In particular, configurations may be chosen to meet whatever is required for a particular situation or layout.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic of another tongue and groove attachment feature of the tile assembly.
- the tile assembly 1300a has a female attachment feature 110
- the tile assembly 1300b has a male attachment feature 108.
- the male attachment feature 108 has a generally round protrusion
- the female attachment feature 110 has a generally round recess.
- the attachment features 108 and 110 may be designed so as to provide attachment sufficient to prevent disengagement during normal use, yet it may be possible to disengage the tile assemblies 1300a and 1300b by angular pressure without damaging the attachment features 108 and 110.
- the maximum length of the connector defined by the attachment features 108 to 110 may be 3/16”-3/8”.
- FIG 14 and Figure 5 are schematics of another attachment feature of the tile assembly.
- the tile assembly 1400a and the tile assembly 1400b has attachment features 106 that are complementary to each other.
- the attachment features 106 may have a click-lock feature.
- the attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 1400a may comprise a flange or lip 116 so as to maintain pressure and create a water seal or increase water resistance of the connection between the attachment features 106.
- the attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 1400b may have a channel 118 for receiving the flange or lip 116.
- Figure 16 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly.
- the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies may be complementary and cooperatively configured to connect tile assemblies together to form a tile system.
- an adhesive 120 may be used between the attachment features 106 to promote connection of the tile assemblies.
- the attachment features 106 may have flanges 1600.
- the flange 1600 of one attachment feature 106 may engage with the flange 1600 of another attachment feature 106 to promote connection of the tile assemblies.
- the flanges may be received in recesses 1602 defined in the attachment features 106.
- FIG 17 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly.
- attachment features 1706a and 1706b each have protrusions, and recesses for receiving the protrusions of the other.
- the protrusion of attachment feature 1706a is below the protrusion of attachment feature 1706b, and the recess of attachment feature 1706a is above the recess of attachment feature 1706b.
- attachment features 1706c and 1706d may be generally similar to attachment features 1706a and 1706b, except the attachment features 1706c and 1706d further comprise a hook and loop or pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) for connecting attachment features 1706c and 1706d together.
- PSA pressure-sensitive adhesive
- One of attachment features 1706c and 1706d may have the hook or loop or PSA, and the other one of attachment features 1706c and 1706d may have the corresponding hook or loop or PSA.
- the hook and loop or PSA for connecting attachment features may include one or more magnetic elements.
- the hook and loop may be made entirely of magnetic elements.
- magnetic elements may be interspersed in the hook and loop together with other materials. The magnetic elements may be arranged so as to provide complementary magnets to generate an attractive force between the hook and loop.
- attachment features 1706e and 1706f may be beveled, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to promote connecting the attachment features 1706e and 1706f together.
- Figure 18 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly.
- the attachment features 106 depicted in Figure 18 may be made of polymer, and may have a “clicklock” feature.
- the attachment features 106 may be integrally formed with the stabilizer 104.
- the stabilizer 104 and the attachment features 106 may be joined to the tiles 102.
- the thickness of the stabilizer 104 may be less than 1/32” or may be greater than 1/32”.
- the thickness of the stabilizer 104 may be from 1/8” to
- the thickness of the tile 102 may be approximately 2 mm.
- the thickness of the tile 102 may be greater than 2 mm, such as approximately 4 mm.
- all bonds between the tile 102 and the stabilizer 104 and/or attachment feature 106 may be strong, and may keep the tile assemblies connected together when forces are applied on the tile assemblies.
- FIG 19 is a schematic of three example attachment features of the tile assembly.
- the attachment features 106 depicted in Figure 19 may be cooperative male and female attachment features 108 and 110.
- the male attachment feature 108 may have a bulbous protrusion
- the female attachment feature 110 may have a similarly shaped recess for receiving the male attachment feature 108.
- it may be possible at the entire attachment features 108 and 110 may be contained within the side or edge of the tile 102, such that the attachment features 108 or 110 do not extend beyond the top or bottom surface of the tile 102.
- the attachment features 108 and 110 may not be injection moulded to the tile 102.
- Figure 20 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b connected together with attachment features.
- Figure 20 depicts complementary attachment features 108 and 110.
- the attachment features 108 and 110 may have a click-lock feature.
- the attachment feature 108 may have a ridge received in a corresponding channel of the attachment feature 110.
- the attachment features 108 and 110 may only be at one part of the edge of the tile 102, rather than extend along the entire edge of the tile 102.
- the attachment features 108 and 110 may be connected to the edge of the tile 102 and the bottom of the tile 102, and may be separate from the stabilizer 104, which may also be connected to the bottom of the tile 102.
- Figure 21 is a schematic of the attachment feature 108 of Figure 20.
- Figure 22 is a schematic of the attachment features 108 and 110 connecting two tile assemblies 100a and 100b together. As depicted, a wheel is rolling over the connector defined by the attachment features 108 and 110. In some embodiments, the connection of the attachment features 108 and 110 may be able to remain connected and maintain connection of the tile assemblies when a rolling load or rolling stress is applied.
- Figure 23 is a schematic of a tile system 2350 formed from four tile assemblies 100a-100d. As depicted, the attachment features 106 may extend along the entire edges of the tile assemblies.
- Figure 24 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b joined together with attachment features 106.
- Figure 25 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having an attachment feature 106.
- the attachment feature 106 may comprise a rib 2502 to promote connecting with a corresponding attachment feature 106 on another tile assembly.
- Figure 26 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having an attachment feature 106.
- the attachment feature 106 may comprise a slot 2602 to promote connecting with a corresponding attachment feature 106 on another tile assembly.
- Figure 27 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100.
- Figure 28 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having a male attachment feature 108 that is connected with a female attachment feature 110.
- the male attachment feature 108 has a bulbous protrusion that may be generally round, and may have chamfered or bevelled sides for fitting into a recess of the female attachment feature 110 having a generally similar shape.
- one of the attachment features may extend along an entire side or a portion of an entire side of a tile, and the other of the attachment features may be at discrete positions along the side of the tile.
- the female attachment feature 110 depicted in Figure 28 may be at discrete positions along a side of a tile.
- female attachment features 110 There may be one or more such female attachment features 110 along a side of the tile. These female attachment features 110 may not be connected or joined together, and the male attachment feature 110 depicted in Figure 28 may extend along a side or a portion of a side of a tile 102. Accordingly, when connecting two tile assemblies together, there may be a male attachment feature 108 for attaching with the one or more female attachment features 110 even if the tile assemblies are not perfectly aligned with each other during installation, which may promote connection of the two tile assemblies and ease of use of the tile assemblies.
- Figure 29 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b connected together by male attachment feature 108 and female attachment feature 110 to form a tile system 2950.
- Figures 30-34 depict the tile assemblies 100a and 100b of Figure 29 separated from each other.
- the male attachment feature 108 may have a ridge, lip, or tongue, on a protrusion that may be received in a slot or channel of the female attachment feature 110.
- the protrusion of the male attachment feature 108 may be received in a recess of the female attachment feature 110 having a similar shape as the protrusion.
- the top surface of the female attachment feature 110 way extend from tile assembly 100a to tile assembly 100b such that the leading edge of the female attachment feature 110 is proximate to the tile assembly 100b to camouflage or hide this leading edge.
- the top surface of the female attachment feature 110 is below the top surfaces of the tiles of tile assembly 100a and tile assembly 100b, such that the connector or grout formed between the tile assemblies 100a and 100b may have a recessed appearance.
- the tile assemblies 100a and 100b have discrete male and female attachment features 108 and 110 that do not extend along an entire side of the tile. Rather, there may be one or more than one male and female attachment features 108 and 110 for connecting the two tile assemblies 100a and 100b.
- Figure 35 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly 100a to other tile assembles 100b and 100c to form a tile system 3500.
- the edge of tile assembly 100a facing tile assembly 100b may comprise an attachment feature 106a that may be a tongue or a groove corresponding to the attachment feature on tile assembly 100b facing tile assembly 100a
- the edge of tile assembly 100a facing tile assembly 100c may comprise an attachment feature 106b that may have a click-lock feature corresponding to the attachment feature on tile assembly 100c facing tile assembly 100a.
- the tile assembly 100a may first be connected to tile assembly 100c by angling the tile assembly 100a relative to the tile assembly 100c and connecting the attachment feature 106b to the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100c. After the attachment feature 106b of tile assembly 100a connects with the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100c, the tile assembly 100a may be lowered to be generally level with the tile assembly 100c. Then, the tile assembly 100a may be moved towards tile assembly 100b, while maintaining connection with tile assembly 100c. Then, the attachment feature 106a may connect the tile assembly 100a to tile assembly 100b by connecting with the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100b. In some embodiments, tile assembly 100a may not be directly connected to tile assembly 100d, but tile assembly 100d may be connected to tile assemblies 100b and 100c. With the tile assemblies connected together, the tile assemblies may form a tile system 3500.
- Figure 36 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly 100 to another tile assembly to form a tile system 3600.
- Figure 36 depicts an example sequence of attachment of down and left to assemble the tile system 3600.
- a tile assembly 100 may be moved generally downward until it connects with another tile assembly, and then moved to the left until it connects with another tile assembly.
- the tile assembly 100 is secured as part of the tile system 3600.
- sequence of attachment may be down and right, left and down, right and down, up and left, up and right, left and up, and right and up.
- the configuration and positioning of the attachment features of the tile assemblies of the tile system may correspond to the sequence of attachment to assemble the tile system.
- the tile assembly 100 may comprise a male attachment feature 108 on the top and right edges and a female attachment feature on the left and bottom edges.
- the male attachment feature 108 may be on opposing edges or the female attachment feature 110 may be on opposing edges.
- more edges of the tile assembly 100 may have one kind of attachment feature, and fewer edges may have another kind of attachment feature.
- FIG 37 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system 3700.
- the tile system 3700 has 9 tile assemblies 100.
- the tile assembly of the tile system 3700 may be tile assembly 100a.
- Tile assembly 100a may have attachment features 106a and 106c that may have a clicklock feature, and may have attachment features 106b and 106d that may have a tongue and groove feature.
- the tile assembly of the tile system 3700 may be tile assembly 100b.
- Tile assembly 100b may have attachment features 106e and 106f that may be male attachment features, and may have attachment features 106g and 106f that may be female attachment features.
- the configuration, design, and positioning on the sides of the tile assembly 100 of the attachment features 106 may be changed as appropriate to suit the installation method.
- Figure 38 is a schematic of a tile system 3800. As depicted in Figure 38, additional tile assemblies may be connected to the tile system 3800, such that the tile system 3800 may extend longitudinally, laterally, or a combination thereof.
- FIG 39 is a schematic of a tile system 3900.
- the tile system 3900 as depicted, comprises 4 tile assemblies.
- the tile assemblies of the tile system 3900a may be generally the same size and shape.
- some of the tile assemblies of the tile system 3900b may have a size and shape different from others.
- the tile system 3900b has some tile assemblies that are generally square in shape and other tile assemblies that are generally rectangular in shape.
- the bottom surface of the tile 102 may be a coupling surface for releasably mounting the tile assembly 100 to another coupling surface that is complementary to coupling surface of the tile 102.
- the coupling surface of the tile 102 may be hooks or loops, and another coupling surface may be the other of hooks or loops.
- the tile assembly 100 may be designed with tolerances for installation. For example, there may be gaps in locking laps to determine forgiveness, such as when sliding vertically or horizontally.
- the gaps may be 1 /32 nd - 1 /8 th of an inch. More particularly, the gaps may be 1/16 th - 1/4 th of an inch. More particularly, the gaps may be 3/16 th of an inch.
- the tile assembly 100 may be cut on site.
- the tile assembly 100 may be scored or cut, for example, with a wet saw.
- the tile assemblies described above in Figures 1 -39 comprise a tile joined to a stabilizer and a connector. In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may comprise more than one tile.
- Figure 40 is a schematic of a tile assembly 4000 that may be generally similar to the tile assemblies described herein in Figures 1-39 (e.g. tile assembly 100), except tile assembly 4000 has two tiles 4002a and 4002b stacked on top of one another with a stabilizer 4004 between the two tiles 4002a and 4002b. As depicted in Figure 40, tile assembly 4000 comprises attachment features 4006 that mechanically connects tile assemblies 4000 together.
- FIG. 40 depicts attachment features 4006 at the sides of tiles 4002a, 4002b, it should be appreciated that other configurations are possible.
- the attachment feature 4006 may extend through to part of the underside of the tile assembly in addition to some or all of the sides of the tile assembly.
- the attachment feature 4006 may also extend through the entire underside of the tile assembly.
- the attachment feature 4006 may also extend through the entire underside of the tile assembly and also up some or all of the sides of the tile assembly.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be made of materials which are malleable, including polyurethane, rubber, silicone, ionomer, thermoplastic elastomer, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), LDPE, HDPE, or the like.
- the malleable nature of the attachment feature 4006 may allow for individual tile assemblies connected to one another to form an entire floor system, as the malleable nature of the tiles would enable the tile assemblies to conform to the contours of the underlying floor, as well as allow for some tolerance of expansion and contraction (e.g. for different temperatures, humidity levels, or the like).
- the malleable nature of the attachment feature 4006 may allow the tiling system to leverage the natural gravitational force acting on tiles to use the weight of the tiles to engage the connections between tiles to a point where the connections between tile assemblies are substantially waterproof.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be laminated to the side of the tile assembly.
- the attachment feature may be laminated to more than one side of the tile assembly, and in some embodiments may be laminated to each side of the tile assembly (e.g. as shown in FIG. 118).
- the tile assembly may be cut to precisely fit together with the attachment feature 4006. In some embodiments, cutting is carried out using waterjet cutting.
- 3D printing may be used to ensure a precise fit between tile assembly and attachment feature.
- the attachment feature 4006 is first attached to the side of the tile assembly and is then milled to form the appropriate geometry for connection to other attachment features.
- the attachment feature is formed using injection molding.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be two tiles (e.g. laminated tiles) of exterior cladding with a stabilizer 4004 made of fibre glass in the centre.
- the fibre glass may be a fibre glass cloth.
- the tiles 4002a, 4002b may be made of porcelain, and in particular of double-glazed porcelain.
- Tile 4002a may be produced using a double glazing porcelain production process.
- Conventional double layer porcelain manufacturing has typically not allowed for much flexibility in terms of finishes, chiefly because conventional manufacturing methods do not allow for printing options capable of producing a wide range of colours and/or patterns.
- the patterning/colouration is done during an initial manufacturing process, and not as a secondary step.
- many manufacturers are opting not to use double layer manufacturing because it is a relatively expensive process, which typically necessitates large batches in order to render the process cost-effective, and does not provide much flexibility or capability for different visual surface finishes.
- the modified double layer porcelain manufacturing process may allow for the possibility of the insertion of a fiberglass (or other stabilizing layer) layer between two layers of porcelain.
- pressure may be applied so as to allow the fiberglass to embed well and reduce the possibility of air pockets.
- a second tile 4002b is placed on the both sides of the stabilizer 4004 (e.g. fiberglass)
- pressure may be applied to the first layer of porcelain powder/paste and fiberglass prior to the second layer of porcelain paste/powder being applied.
- the modified double layer porcelain manufacturing process may allow for tiles with a thickness of 9mm or less. By introducing a layer of fiberglass (or other stabilizer) in between layers of porcelain during the manufacturing process, this may provide a lower-cost method of manufacturing tiles than those presently known.
- the tile 4000a may be porcelain (veneer) rectified and the tile 4000b may be ceramic tile rectified.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be a composite tile, comprising two ceramic layers (e.g. two tiles) on the outside and one orthotropic glass fibre layer in the middle.
- the tiles 4000a and 4000b may be laminated together with polyurethane and fibre glass.
- the tile assembly 4000 may comprise a backing material, such as foam, loops, or polymer. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor, the backing material may be foam. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a wall, the backing material may have a material for mounting or connecting the tile assembly 4000 to the wall, such as loops.
- the backing material may be sufficiently suitable to withstand high stress applied to the tile assembly 4000 (e.g. from a focused point like the heel of a stiletto).
- the backing material may be reinforced with fibre glass.
- the stabilizer 4000 may be a metallic material such as steel.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be connected to other tile assemblies 4000 to form a tile system.
- This tile system may be installed on a surface, such as a floor or a wall.
- the tile assemblies 4000 of the tile system may “free float” on the floor, and the tile system comprising tile assemblies 4000 may be stabilized on the floor.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be difficult to break. [00454]
- the tile assembly 4000 may be used as a subsurface or as a surface.
- the load applied to the tile assembly 4000 may be distributed to its components, such as to first tile 4002a, second tile 4002b, stabilizer 4004, attachment feature 4006, or a combination thereof.
- tile assemblies 4000 After the tile assemblies 4000 are connected together to form a tile system, the tile assemblies 4000 may be separate for replacement, repair, cleaning, and the like.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be manufactured with two tiles, each having at least one generally flat surface, and a reinforcing fibre fabric that may be laminated to the two tiles.
- the reinforcing fabric may be joined to the tiles using a resin.
- the tile 4000b may be a thin Laminam ® tile.
- the stabilizer 4004 (e.g. the fibre glass) between the two tiles 4002a and 4002b may disallow the stress required to crack the tile 4002a or tile 4002b due to stiffness of the stabilizer 4004.
- the stabilizer 4004 may have a stiffness that is higher than the stiffness of the tiles 4002a or 4002b.
- the stabilizer 4004 is fibre glass, there may be vertical or horizontal stiffness.
- the fibre glass may be tightened to reduce the gaps in the wave of the fibre glass. This may avoid stiffness loss of the fibre glass.
- the tile 4002a or the tile 4002b may have a thickness such that the tiles do not break during harsh conditions, such as conditions with high stress.
- the thickness of the tile assembly 4000 may be based on its use. For example, where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor or near a door, the tile assembly 4000 may not be so thick so as to obstruct movement of doors.
- the tile 4002a or tile 4002b may be square.
- the stabilizer 4004 between the tile 4002a and tile 4002b may be foam.
- the attachment features 4006 may be between the top and bottom surfaces of the tile assembly 4000.
- the connector defined by the connected attachment features 4006 may be water resistant, water tight, or durable.
- the fibre glass stabilizer 4004 may extend past the dimensions of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b. In some embodiments, the fibre glass stabilizer 4004 may not extend past the dimensions of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b and terminate at the edge of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b.
- a Meyer machine may laminate a fibre glass stabilizer 4004 to the tiles 4002a and 4002b.
- fibre glass on a roll with uncured adhesive may provide alignment with the tiles 4002a and 4002b.
- a jig may assist with aligning the fibre glass and the tiles 4002a and 4002b.
- connection between tile assemblies 4000 may be sufficiently strong such that rolling loads applied to the tile system does not disconnect the tile assemblies 4000 or damage the tile assemblies 4000.
- the components of the tile assemblies 4000 may have designs.
- the components of the tile assemblies 4000 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
- the tiles 4002a and/or 4002b may be generally similar to the tiles described herein in Figures 1-39 (e.g. tile 102).
- the tiles 4002a and 4002b are generally similar in material, size, shape, and thickness.
- the tiles 4002a and 4002b may have different material, size, shape, or thickness.
- the tile 4002a may be thicker than the tile 4002b.
- the tile 4002a may be a different material (e.g. different model of tile, different make of tile, etc.) than the tile 4002b.
- the stabilizer 4004 may be generally similar to the stabilizers described herein (e.g. stabilizer 104).
- the tile assembly 4000 depicted in Figure 40 does not have a stabilizer connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b.
- a stabilizer similar to stabilizer 104, may be connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b.
- the tile 4002b may function as the stabilizer 104.
- the stabilizer 4004 between the tiles 4002a and 4002b may be fiberglass, and the stabilizer connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b may be a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- a stabilizer 4004 is not present. That is, the tile assembly may, in some embodiments, include tiles 4002a, 4002b and attachment features 4006, without stabilizer 4004. In some embodiments, the tile assembly may not include attachment features. That is, is some embodiments, the tile assembly includes tiles 4002a, 4002b separated by stabilizer 4004.
- attachment feature 4006 may be generally similar to attachment features described herein (e.g. attachment feature 106).
- the attachment feature 4006 may have a click-lock feature or may have a tongue or groove feature to correspond with the attachment feature 4006 of another tile assembly 4000.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be connected to the tiles 4002a or 4002b, connected to the stabilizer 4004, connected to the bottom of the tile 4002b, or a combination thereof.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be connected to the edge of the tiles 4002a or 4002b, or may be connected to the edge of the tiles 4002a or 4002b and the bottom of the tile 4002b.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be manufactured using moulding extrusion, 3-D printing, and the like. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be connected to the tile 4002a, tile 4002b, or stabilizer 4004, for example, by gluing, moulding, or bonding.
- the thickness of the tile assembly 4000 may be approximately 8 mm.
- the tile 4000a may be approximately 4 mm and the tile 4000b may be approximately 4 mm.
- the tiles 4000a and 4000b may have different thicknesses.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be waterproof or may be treated with a material so it may be water proof. In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be installed on a wall, for example in a shower stall, to protect the wall from liquids.
- Figure 41 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having two tiles 4002a and 4002b connected together.
- the stabilizer 4004 may be fibre glass, metal (e.g. steel or aluminum), polymer, or another material.
- both tiles 4002a and 4002b have chamfered edges that form an irregular shape when joined together.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be a single component that joins the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b together.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be configured to have a shape and design such that it may contact the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b and connect with the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b.
- the attachment feature 4006 may be pre-fabricated. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be liquid or partly liquid and may be applied on site.
- each tile 4000a and 4000b may be manufactured separately.
- each tile 4000a and 4000b may be cut from material and machined or moulded to have the desired shape, dimensions, edge design, finish, etc.
- a stabilizer 4004 such as fibre glass, metal, polymer, foam, or adhesive.
- Figure 42 is two exploded views of a tile assembly 4000 having two tiles 4000a and 4000b.
- FIG 43 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b each having two tiles 4002, with stabilizers 4004 joined to the two tiles.
- the tile assembly 4000a has a backing 4008a
- the tile assembly 4000b has a backing 4008b.
- the backing 4008 may be made with foam, loops, or polymer. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor, the backing material 4008 may be foam. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a wall, the backing material 4008 may have a material for mounting or connecting the tile assembly 4000 to the wall, such as loops.
- the backing material 4008 may be sufficiently suitable to withstand high stress applied to the tile assembly 4000 (e.g.
- the backing material 4008 may be reinforced with fibre glass.
- the backing material 4008 may be a second stabilizer similar to the stabilizers described herein (e.g. stabilizer 104, stabilizer 4004).
- Figure 44 is a schematic of a tile system 4450 having nine tiling assemblies 4000a-4000i connected together.
- the top surface of the tiling assemblies may be approximately level.
- Figure 45 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having two tiles 4002, with a loop backing 4008a and 4008b connected to the tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b.
- the tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having the loop backing 4008a and 4008b may be connected to a surface having corresponding hooks that may engage with the loops of the loop backing 4008a and 4008b.
- the bottom surface of the second tile 4002b may be a coupling surface for releasably mounting the tile assembly 4000 to another coupling surface that is complementary to coupling surface of the tile.
- the coupling surface of the second tile 4002b may be hooks or loops, and another coupling surface may be the other of hooks or loops.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be designed with tolerances for installation. For example, there may be gaps in locking laps to determine forgiveness, such as when sliding vertically or horizontally.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be cut on site.
- the tile assembly 4000 may be scored or cut, for example, with a wet saw.
- Figures 46-65 depict the manufacturing of a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102.
- the manufacturing of a tile 100 may be adapted to manufacturing of a tile assembly 4000 having two tiles 4002a and 4000b.
- the tile assemblies may be manufactured by moulding (e.g. back moulding) the tile with the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106.
- the stabilizer 104 and attachment feature 106 may be integrally formed or may be separate components.
- the tile assemblies may be manufactured in a way to reduce vulnerability to cracking, improved ease of installation, improved quality of installation, and improved ease of replacement of damaged tiles.
- the tile assembly may be manufactured by back moulding of tiles 102 and installation with the attachment feature 106, by moulding the attachment feature 106 to the tile 102, by an injection moulding process, or by a variotherm process. Different sizes of tiles 102 may be moulded.
- the part may be ejected.
- Suction cups may hold tiles 102 in place prior to moulding.
- There may be a resilient surface on the side where the tile 102 sits.
- There may be a sealing element made out of partly resilient material to seal off plastic.
- Figure 46 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 manufactured with the stabilizer 104 and attachment feature 106 moulded to a tile 102.
- Figure 47 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufacturing tool 4700.
- Figure 48 is another schematic of the tile assembly manufacturing tool 4700 with the tool support 4702 separate from the resilient layer 4704.
- Figure 49 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 being manufactured by the manufacturing tool 4700.
- the manufacturing tool 4700 may comprise a tool support 4702 for supporting a tool 4708 that may closely contour with the tile assembly and that may be cooled or may be heated.
- the tool 4700 may also comprise the resilient layer 4704 for protecting the tile 102 from breaking during the manufacturing process.
- the manufacturing tool 4700 may comprise a sealing frame and seal 4706 to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the tile assembly 100 during manufacturing.
- the tile 102 is being connected to a stabilizer 104.
- the stabilizer 104 may comprise the attachment feature 106.
- Figure 50 is a schematic of a temperature plot of the plastic and the manufacturing tool 4700 during the tile assembly manufacturing process performed by the manufacturing tool 4700.
- the temperatures of the plastic and tool may be example temperatures. As depicted, the temperature of the plastic increases at the injection point, and slowly decreases until the part is ejected.
- a polymer used for the tile assembly 100 may be PET, recycled PET (rPET), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Acrylnitril-Styrol-Acrylat-Copolymere (ASA), fillers, a foam material, or a combination thereof.
- the tile assembly 100 may be manufactured by presswelding.
- the backing plate of the tile assembly 100 e.g. the stabilizer
- the attachment feature 106 e.g. tongue and groove
- the tile 102 which may be a ceramic tile, may be heated. Then, the backing plate and the tile 102 may be press-welded in a separate tool.
- Figure 51 is a schematic of a moulding backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly 100.
- the back plate e.g. stabilizer 104 may include the attachment feature 106.
- the back plate may have a recess for receiving the tile 102 of the tile assembly 100.
- Figure 52 is a schematic of a tile 102 for manufacturing a tile assembly 100.
- the tile may be heated during a press-welding process for manufacturing the tile assembly 100.
- Figure 53 is a schematic of press welding a tile 102 and a backing plate (e.g. a stabilizer 104, attachment feature 106, or both) for manufacturing a tile assembly 100.
- a backing plate e.g. a stabilizer 104, attachment feature 106, or both
- each of the tile 102 and the backing plate may be supported by a mould 5300a and 5300b while the tile 102 and the backing plate are pressed together.
- Figure 54 is a schematic of a manufactured tile assembly 100.
- Figure 54 depicts a tile assembly 100 comprising a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, male attachment feature 108 and female attachment feature 110. Additional tile assemblies 100 may be manufactured, and may be connected together using the male attachment features 108 and female attachment features 110.
- a tile assembly 100 manufactured by a press-welding process may be similar to a tile assembly 100 manufactured by an injection back-moulded tile.
- Figure 55 is a table 5500 outlining features of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process. As depicted in the table 5500, the injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process may be compared using cost of tools, cycle times, risk of tile breakage during process, development risk, and development costs. Other metrics for comparing the processes may be possible.
- Press-welding may provide a low investment cost solution that may perform a serial process.
- the tile assemblies may be manufactured using a combination of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process.
- Press-welding may have a relatively low risk of breakage of the tile during manufacturing.
- the pressure applied to the tile may be relatively low and may be controlled by temperature of the tile or the plastic parts (e.g. by pre-heating the plastic parts).
- the pressure for press welding may be approximately 1 bar, and the pressure for injection moulding may be greater than 100 bar.
- prototypes of the tile assembly may be close to the serial product.
- the press-welding concept may be injection moulding of backing as a separate process.
- the welding may occur by heating the tile and pressing the tile against the plastic backing that sits in a tool (to avoid expansion through the pressure).
- the surface structure of the back of the tile may not matter during a presswelding process. There may be some design considerations for the plastic component to avoid air traps.
- the tile may be heated up quickly as they have a very low thermal expansion, so the tile may not warp even if heating is mainly happening on the surface of the tile.
- the polymer used for manufacturing the tile assembly may be a polylactic acid polymer (PLA) or PET, and the tile may be 6” or 8” tiles.
- Figure 56 is a schematic of a tile 102 and a backing plate being press welded together to form a tile assembly 100.
- Figure 56 depicts a manufacturing tool 5600 pressing the tile 102 and the backing plate together.
- the tool 5600 has an injection side 5602 and an ejection side 5604.
- the tool 5600 may comprise a cold tool part 5606 for sealing the components of the tile assembly 100 being manufactured to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the tile assembly 100 during manufacturing.
- the tool 5600 may comprise a hot tool part 5608 that may contact the backing plate.
- the tool 5600 may comprise a resilient part 5610 for avoiding breakage of tile 102.
- the tool 5600 may comprise an additional seal 5612 to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the tile assembly 100 during manufacturing.
- the tool 5600 may comprise plastics that may surround the tile 102 on its whole perimeter. There may be four cams on each side of the tool that slide away to the outside. The cams may be cold whereas the tool itself may be hot. The cold cams may allow the material to freeze quickly. There may be additional seal material on the cams to compensate for uneven edges in the tiles.
- Figure 57 is a schematic of cams of a tile assembly manufacturing tool 5600. As depicted in Figure 57, the cams 5614a, 5614b, 5614c may slide away, for example, at approximately 45°.
- Figure 58 is a schematic of an example embodiment of a press-welded tile assembly 100.
- Figures 59-63 are schematics of example embodiments of attachment features of a press-welded tile assembly.
- Figure 59 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 59, the polymer stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may surround the tile 102.
- Figure 60 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 60, the edge of the tile 102 may be curved. [00523] In some embodiments, to avoid breakage of the tile 102 during manufacturing of the tile assembly 100, a resilient tool material may be provided where the tile 102 meets the tool. There may be low pressure due to the variotherm process, which may be due to slow filling with little pressure due to hot tool. There may be sufficient injection points to further reduce pressure.
- Figure 61 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a female attachment feature 110.
- the length of the female attachment feature 110 extending from the tile may be, for example, 1900 mm.
- Figure 62 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a male attachment feature 108.
- Figure 63 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, a male attachment feature 108 and a female attachment feature 110.
- Figure 64 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly 100.
- Figure 65 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a female attachment feature 110.
- the length of the female attachment feature 110 extending from the tile may be, for example, 1900 mm.
- the moulded polymer (e.g. moulded PET) of the tile assembly may be 2 mm thick. In some embodiments, the moulded polymer (e.g. moulded PET) of the tile assembly may be more than 2 mm thick (e.g. 4 mm thick).
- the tongue and groove attachment feature 106 may be relatively easy to manufacture and for producing a tile assembly 100 with the tongue and groove attachment feature 106.
- the depth of the groove may be variable.
- the depth of the groove may be 2 mm, or may be greater or less than 2 mm.
- the tile assemblies discussed herein may be installed on a surface.
- a mount assembly may be first installed on the surface, and the tile assembly may then be connected to the mount assembly to install the tile assembly to the surface.
- Figure 66 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600.
- the mount assembly 6600 may comprise a plate 6610.
- the tile assemblies may be removably connected to the surface of the plate 6610.
- the surface of the plate 6610 may have hooks to correspond to loops on the bottom surface of the tile assembly, such that the tile assembly may be connected to the plate 6610 and be removable from the plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 has a generally hexagonal shape.
- the plate 6610 may have other shapes.
- the plate 6610 may have a circle, triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, shape with at least one curved side, and the like.
- the plate 6610 may have one or more recesses 6612 for receiving a joining component (e.g. a disc) for connecting the plate 6610 to other plates 6610, or for connecting the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- a joining component e.g. a disc
- the plate 6610 has six recesses 6612.
- the number of recesses 6612 may depend on the configuration of the plate 6610 and how the plate 6610 is to be connected to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. For example, there may be a recess 6612 at each corner of the plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 may have one or more channels 6614 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the channel 6614 may extend through the plate 6610 between the top and bottom surface of the plate 6610.
- the size of the channel 6614 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 may have one or more corner channels 6616 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the corner channel 6616 may extend through the plate 6610 between the top and bottom surface of the plate 6610.
- the size of the channel 6616 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on building supports of the surface on which the plate 6610 is to be connected.
- the dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on stud spacing of a wall on which the plate 6610 is to be connected.
- the dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on centre to centre on studs of a wall on which the plate 6610 is to be connected.
- the mount assembly 6600 may comprise a joining component 6620 for connecting plates 6610 together and for connecting the plates 6610 to the surface under or behind the plates 6610.
- the joining component 6620 is a circular disc.
- the joining component 6620 may be other shapes, such as triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, shape with at least one curved side, and the like.
- the joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6612 of the plate 6610. When three plates 6610 are brought together, the joining component 6620 may be received in a circular recess 6613 defined by the recesses 6612 of the three plates 6610.
- the thickness of the joining component 6620 may be such that when the joining component 6620 is received in the recess 6612 of the plate 6610, the top surface of the joining component 6620 may be flush with the top surface of the plate 6610.
- the joining component 6620 may have a central channel 6622 and one or more peripheral channels 6624 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- a connector e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.
- the joining component 6620 has three peripheral channels 6624 and one central channel 6622.
- the channels 6624 and 6622 may extend through the joining component 6620 between the top and bottom surface of the joining component 6620.
- the size of the central channel 6622 and peripheral channel 6624 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the feature of the top surface of the plate 6610 that connects with the tile assemblies may also be on the top surface of the joining component 6620.
- the plates 6610 may be brought together (e.g. brought together at a corner) to define a recess 6613 for receiving the joining component 6620.
- the joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6612 or recess 6613.
- the central channel 6622 may be aligned with the corner channels 6616 of the plates 6610 (which, when the plates 6610 are brought together, the corner channels 6616 of the plate may together define a channel 6618) and the peripheral channels 6624 may be aligned with the channels 6614 of the plates 6610.
- connectors may be inserted through the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620, the corner channels 6616 of the plate 6610 defining the channel 6618, the peripheral channels 6624 of the joining component 6620, or the channels 6614 of the plate 6610 to connect the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 may be hook plate, where the plate 6610 may have one or more hooks on the surface of the plate 6610 for connecting with a tile assembly.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be manufactured using a process with low investment cots.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be manufactured using moulding, welding, machining, 3-D printing, and the like.
- 3-D printing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be beneficial. There may be potential ability to manufacture the hooks on the surface of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620. It may be possible to directly print hooks.
- the hooks may have various and different shapes and may be optimized.
- the technology may be scalable using relatively cheap components. The process may be used for mass production. For examples, a plurality of nozzles side my side may extrude the hooks.
- 3D-printing may allow the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 to have a hollow inner structure, which may allow for thicker plate 6610 or joining component 6620 without sacrificing weight.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may have a hollow inner structure, it may be easy to cut the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 at a preferable direction.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 or tile assemblies described herein may be customized.
- a room may be scanned with a laser-supported 3D camera to get the measurements of the room.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 or tile assemblies may be generated automatically so on-site adaptation or cutting may not be required.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be connectable with a tile assembly.
- the loops of the tile assembly may be attached to the bottom surface of the tile assembly, such as the bottom surface of the tile assembly, or the stabilizer, or a foam backing.
- the plate 6610 may have an expansion joint in the confines of the plate 6610.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be configured to be relatively universally applicable to various surfaces.
- the plate 6610 or the joining component 66220 may be hollow, have recesses, or have channels extending through to reduce weight.
- the exterior of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may appear the same, and the interior of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be changed for a specific use.
- the plate 6610 may be shaped like a square or hexagon.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be relatively flat.
- a plate 6610 with all hooks may be required for commercial use for vinyl.
- a thin surface veneer may go into mould backed with plastic.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be designed with tolerances for installation.
- the raw material for the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be a low cost or lowest cost option material.
- PET may be used to manufacture the plate 6610 or joining component 6620.
- additives or filler may be used to optimize features.
- the plate 6610 may be hexagon shape.
- the maximum width or length of the plate 6610 may be 2 feet.
- the maximum thickness of the plate 6610 may be 1/8” or wider to allow for inserts on the side of the plate 6610, such as flanges, tongue and groove, etc
- the weight of the mount assembly 6600 may be as light as possible while maintaining stability or rigidity optimization.
- the weight may be 0.4416 pounds or kilograms per square foot.
- the design of the plate 6610 may consider “coining” and whether flatness may be necessary.
- the connector or fastener for fastening the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610 may be screw sights. Where the plate 6610 has a hexagon shape, the corner of 3 plates may come together. In some embodiments, washers may be needed. In some embodiments, other design features may be needed. In some embodiments, the corner of the plate 6610 may have a recess or double recess. In some embodiments, a full cap may be used.
- attachment features for connecting plates 6610 together.
- the attachment features may be similar to attachment features described herein for tile assemblies.
- the attachment features may be tongue and groove, or slots, for positioning and versatility.
- there may be tongue and groove flanges at corners and flat surface to surface.
- the joint between plates 6610 may have no space for expansion or contraction. Instead, if required, cut outs as series of holes throughout the plate 6610 may be considered to accommodate expansion or contraction.
- a plate 6610 for mounting to a wall may have different connections with another plate 6610 than a plate 6610 for installing on a floor.
- the wall plate design and floor plate design may be effectively one mound with same or consistent features.
- the plate 6610 may have additional provision for one or more tongue and groove attachment features on all sides of the plate 6610 for waterproof installation.
- flanges for side to side attachment may include features for click-lock, snapping, or male and female connections.
- the joint between plates 6610 may be tight so as to reduce or eliminate any telegraphy. This may lead to expansion or contraction. Expansion or contraction may be resolved by “acclimatization” or holes with or recesses in or on the plates 6610.
- the attachment feature of the plate 6610 may be a slot without two sides with tongue and groove.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be a resilient mount assembly comprising adhesive plates and discs.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be made with vinyl composition tile (VCT), luxury vinyl tile (LVT), marmoleum, rubber, a polymer, or the like.
- the materials may be sheets.
- the mount assembly 6600 may have a hard surface, such that the mount assembly 6600 comprises hook and loop plates and discs.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be made with ceramic, porcelain, granite, marble, stone, and the like.
- the mount assembly 6600 may have a soft surface, such that the mount assembly 6600 comprises hook and loop plates and discs.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be made with carpet, wide width carpet, or carpet tiles.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may have raised areas for reducing contact area with adhesive backed surfaces.
- the joining component 6620 may be designed to also form raised areas for reduction or elimination of telegraphy.
- the joints where plates 6610 meet may be designed to reduce or eliminate gap to mitigate or avoid cracking and telegraphy.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be designed to also use a secondary process.
- the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be designed to avoid coining.
- the materials used for manufacturing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may reduce cost of manufacturing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620.
- the manufacturing of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may include filler; recycled polymer, or polymer.
- the mount assembly 6600 may have no rib structure, a hexagonal structure, or a rectangular rib structure, or another kind of rib structure.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be installed vertically, horizontally, or a combination thereof.
- the joining component 6620 may have a certain size and certain functions, such as to manage a vertical load and be laterally flat.
- Figure 67 is a schematic of plates 6610 of mount assemblies 6600.
- Figure 67 depicts two plates 6610 having rib structures.
- a plate 6610 when a plate 6610 is to be installed on a wall, it may be easier to have rib structures compared to a plate that is to be installed on a floor, because there may be less stress applied to the plate 6610 installed on the wall.
- the rib structure of the plate 6610 may have a structure. As depicted in Figure 67, the plate 6610 may, for example, have a hexagon rib structure or rectangular rib structure. In some embodiments, having a rectangular rib structure may be beneficial for cutting the plate 6610.
- Figure 68 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with plates 6610 joined by joining components 6620. As depicted in Figure 68, the plates 6610 may be installed horizontally on the surface with a bottom edge of the plates 6610 aligned generally horizontally, or the plates 6610 may be installed on the surface vertically or “on tip”, with a corner of the plates 6610 pointing downwards.
- the plates 6610 may be beneficial to install the plates 6610 vertically or “on tip”. Vertical force may be carried by one attachment point (e.g. by a joining component 6620) in the vertical direction. Further, during installation, the plate 6610 may be held in place by two joining components 6620, which may stabilize the plate 6610 and facilitate installation of the mount assembly 6600.
- Figure 69 is a schematic of mount assemblies 6600 with plates 6610 installed horizontally and vertically. Where the plate 6610 is installed vertically, the direction of the force 6900 may be more clearly defined. Where the plate 6610 is installed horizontally, the force 6900 may try to turn the plate 6610 or joining component 6620.
- Figure 70 is a schematic of mount assemblies 6600 with plates 6610 installed horizontally and vertically. When the plates 6610 are installed vertically, they may be more stable, such as during installation of the plates 6610.
- Figure 71 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 71 , when installing the mount assembly 6600, the plates 6610 are connected together with a joining component 6620. Figure 71 depicts the recess 6613 defined by the recesses 6612 of a plurality of plates 6610 brought together for receiving the joining component 6620. Figure 71 depicts the channel 6618 defined by the corner channels 6616 of a plurality of plates 6610 brought together for receiving a connector to connect the mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
- the joining component 6620 may be circular in shape, as depicted in Figure 71 .
- the joining component 6620 may be a disc.
- the joining component 6620 may mount the plates 6610 to a surface, transfer vertical load, or bring lateral flatness to the plates 6610.
- the size of the joining component 6620 may be such that it may connect with the plates 6610.
- Figure 72 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600.
- the joining component 6620 may comprise a plug 7200 for connecting with the plate 6610 or mounting the mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
- the plug 7200 may be received in the channel 6614 or the corner channel 6616 of the plate 6610.
- Figures 73-74 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600.
- the joining component 6620 may comprise an engaging hook 7300 for engaging with the plate 6610 or mounting the mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
- the plate 6610 may have a gap 7310 for receiving the engaging hook 7300 for connecting the joining component 6620 and the plate 6610.
- the hook 7300 may snap engage with the gap 7310.
- the hook 7300 may receive the force applied to the mount assembly 6600 in this direction.
- the hook 7300 and the gap 7310 may be configured such that the joining component 6620 may be twisted to connect with the plate 6610.
- Figure 75 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 75, the joining component 6620 is connecting plates 6610 together.
- the joining component 6620 as depicted in Figure 75 may comprise a barb 7510 on a top portion 7520 of the joining component 6620.
- the joining component 6620 as depicted in Figure 75 may comprise a bottom portion joined to the top portion by a column 7540.
- the plate 6610 may have a corresponding recess 7515 for receiving the barb 7510 of the joining component 6620.
- the plate 6610 or the joining component 6620 may be configured such that the plate 6610, joining component 6620, the barb 7515, or a combination thereof, may elastically deform when the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 are connected together by receiving the barb 7510 in the recess 7515.
- the plate 6610, joining component 6620, the barb 7515, or a combination thereof may return to its original shape after the barb 7510 is received in the recess 7515.
- the edge of the plate 6610 may be a barb or act as a barb when being inserted in a recess defined between the top portion 7520 and bottom portion 7530 of the joining component 6620.
- the plate 6610 may be supported between the top portion 7520 and the bottom portion of the 7530 of the joining component 6620.
- the joining component 6620 may have a channel extending through the column 7540 to receive a connector (e.g. nail, screw, plug, etc.) for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface.
- a connector e.g. nail, screw, plug, etc.
- the joining component 6620 may be made of a material such that a connector may be driven through the column 7540 for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface.
- Figure 76 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with the plates 6610 and joining components 6620 assembled together.
- Figure 77 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with gaps 7700 on the plates 6610.
- the gaps 7700 may allow the plates 6610 to be cut prior to installation.
- Figure 78 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 78, the mount assembly 6600 may be secured to a surface without every recess 6613 receiving a joining component 6620. The connection between the mount assembly 6600 and the surface may be sufficiently strong such that the mount assembly 6600 may be secured to the surface without every recess 6613 receiving a joining component 6620 and connected to the surface at that point.
- Figure 79 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600.
- Plates 6610 may be brought together, such that the recesses 6612 define a recess 6613.
- the joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6613.
- a screw may be received in the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620 to connect the plates 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface.
- a screw may be received in the peripheral channel 6624 of the joining component 6620 to connect the plates 6610 with the joining component 6620, or to connect the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface.
- Figure 80 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600.
- the joining component 6620 may be received in a recess 6612 of the plate 6610.
- a screw may connect the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 together.
- the screw may be received in the corner channel 6616.
- a screw may be received in the channel 6614 to secure the plate 6610 to a surface.
- Other connectors may be used.
- a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together.
- a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together and connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface.
- a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together. In some embodiments, with the channel 6614 of the plate 6610 aligned with the peripheral channel 6624 of the joining component 6620, a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together and connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface.
- the recess 6612 may be at a corner of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the recess 6612 may be at a side of the plate 6610.
- Figure 81 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 being assembled. As depicted, a first row 8110 is installed on a surface, then a second row 8120 is installed on the surface. In some embodiments, the rows may be installed from the bottom-most row first, then rows are installed upwards. In some embodiments, a first row may be installed, then a second row may be installed relative to the first row.
- Figure 82 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 being assembled. As depicted, a first row 8210 is installed on a surface, then a second row 8220 is installed on the surface, then a third row 8230 is installed on the surface. The tiles may be cut to accommodate the surface. For example, if the first row 8210 is installed on a wall, the tiles of the first row 8210 may be cut such that the bottom of the tiles may be flush with the floor that is connected to the tile.
- Figure 83 is a schematic of a corner of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600.
- the recess 6612 of the plate 6610 has a slot 8300 extending through the recess 6612.
- the slot 8300 may be configured to receive a connector for connecting the plate 6610 to a surface, or may be configured to receive a corresponding feature on a joining component 6620 to connect the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620.
- Figure 84 is a schematic of a corner of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600.
- the recess 6612 of the plate 6610 has a slot 8300 extending through the recess 6612.
- the slot 8300 may be configured to receive a connector for connecting the plate 6610 to a surface, or may be configured to receive a corresponding feature on a joining component 6620 to connect the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620.
- the plate 6610 may have a grid or rib feature 8400 on it.
- Figure 85 is a schematic of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 85, the corners of the plate 6610 may be generally similar. For example, each of the corners of the plate 6610 as depicted in Figure 85 may comprise the slot 8300. The plate 6610 depicted in Figure 85 may have a grid or rib feature 8400.
- Figure 86 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 having another attachment feature.
- the plate 6610 may comprise a tongue 8400 for connecting with a corresponding groove 8410 of another plate 6610 to connect the two plates 6610.
- the plate 6610 may comprise a groove 8410.
- the groove 8410 may be offset to promote manufacturing or moldability. Accordingly, the plates 6610 having a tongue 8400 or groove 8410 may connect to each other using the tongue 8400 and groove 8410.
- the connectors for connecting the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620, or for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface may be a nail, screw, plug, another fastener, and the like.
- the length of a plate 6610 measured between two opposite corners may be 2 feet.
- the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 may be made with a material or dimensioned such that it was reduce sound or improve sound proofing of a room.
- the surface on which the mount assembly 6600 is installed may be a floor or a wall.
- the surface may be wood, tile, carpet, foam, drywall, brick, concrete, and the like.
- Figure 87 is a schematic of a plurality of plates 6610 and joining components 6620 of a mount assembly 6600.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be connected to a surface 8700.
- Figures 88-92 are schematics of another attachment feature of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600.
- Figure 88 depicts a plate 6610 having tongues 8800 extending from the corners of the plate.
- the tongues 8800 may be received by corresponding grooves of another plate 6610.
- the tongue 8800 may be a protrusion extending from one or more sides of the plate 6610.
- the tongues 8800 have a shape generally similar to the sides of the plate 6610 from which the tongues 8800 extend.
- the tongues 8800 have an arrow shape that point outwardly from the plate 6610.
- the tongue 8800 may have other shapes, such as shapes similar to attachment features described herein for tile assemblies.
- a tongue 8800 may extend from one or more than one corner of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, a tongue 8800 may extend from one or more than one side of the plate 6610.
- Figure 89 depicts a plate 6610 having a tongue 8800 extending from a corner of the plate 6610.
- the top surface of the tongue 8800 may be lower than the top surface of the plate 6610.
- the bottom surface of the tongue 8800 may be higher than the bottom surface of the plate 6610.
- the tongue 8800 may be received in a groove having a shape generally similar to the tongue 8800.
- the tongue may be a flange that connects a plate 6610 to another plate 6610.
- Figure 90 depicts an example tongue 9000 of a tongue and groove connection.
- the tongue 9000 may be an attachment feature for tile assemblies or mount assemblies described herein.
- an example thickness of the tongue 9000 may be 1/16”.
- An example distance between the top surface of the tile or plate and the top surface of the tongue 9000 may be 1/32”.
- An example distance between the bottom surface of the tile or plate and the bottom surface of the tongue 9000 may be 1/32”.
- An example thickness of the tile or plate may be 1/8”.
- the length of the tongue 9000 extending from the edge of the tile or plate may be such that the tongue and groove for a sufficient connection to connect two tile assemblies together or two plates together.
- Figure 91 depicts an example tongue 9100.
- the tongue 9100 may have a first portion 9110 and a second portion 9120 that may be offset from the first portion 9110.
- the first portion 9110 and the second portion 9120 may not be offset, and may be generally level and extend from a side of a tile or a plate.
- Figure 92 depicts a plate 6610 having tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 for receiving the tongues 9210 from another plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 has three tongues 9200 and three grooves 9210.
- the tongues 9200 may extend from three corners of the plate 6610, and the grooves 9210 may extend into three corners of the plate.
- the plate 6610 may have one or more tongues 9200 or one or more grooves 9210.
- the three tongues 9200 are next to each other, and the three grooves 9210 are next to each other.
- the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be in other positions for connecting a plate 6610 to another plate 6610.
- FIG 93 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600.
- each of the plates 6610 may have the same and proper orientation.
- the plates 6610 may have tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 for connecting with other plates 6610.
- the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be at a side of the plate 6610.
- the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be at corners of the plate 6610.
- the plates 6610, in the same and proper orientation, may be joined together such that the proper corners of the plates 6610 are brought together, so the tongues and grooves of the plates 6610 may be aligned to connect the plates 6610 together.
- Figure 94 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 94, similar to Figure 93, each of the plates 6610 may have the same and proper orientation.
- the plates 6610 may have tongues and grooves for connecting with other plates 6610.
- the plates 6610 in the same and proper orientation, may be joined together such that the proper corners of the plates 6610 are brought together, so the tongues and grooves of the plates 6610 may be aligned to connect the plates 6610 together.
- the plates 6610 may have tongues 9200 extending from the side of the plate 6610 and also tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plate 6610.
- the plates 6610 may have grooves 9210 at corners of plates 6610 for receiving the tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plates 6610.
- Figure 95 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600.
- the plates 6610 may have tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plate 6610.
- the plates 6610 may have grooves 9210 at corners of plates 6610 for receiving the tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plates 6610.
- Figures 96-97 are schematics of a mount assembly having another attachment feature.
- the attachment feature may be a clip 9600.
- a clip 9600 joins two plates 6610.
- the clip 9600 may be separate from the plate 6610. That is, the clip 9600 may be a separate attachment feature.
- the ends of the clip 9600 may be angled, bevelled, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to be received in a corresponding recess 9610 of a plate 6610.
- the clip 9600 may be elastically deformable, such that, when being inserted into the recess 9610, the clip 9600 may elastically deform to promote insertion into the recess 9610.
- the clip 9600 may return to its original position.
- the clip 9600 connects two plates 6610 along the sides of the plates 6610. In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may join corners of plates 6610 together.
- the clip 9600 may comprise one or more prongs 9620 for inserting the clip 9600 into the recess 9610.
- the clip 9600 depicted in Figure 96 may comprise four prongs 9620.
- a gap 9630 may be defined between two prongs 9620 to promote elastic deformation of the prongs 9620 when inserting the clip 9600 into the recess 9610.
- the clip 9600 may be integrally formed with or joined to the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 97, the clip 9600 is joined to a side of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may be joined to a corner of the plate 6610.
- the clip 9600 depicted in Figure 97 has two prongs 9620 with a gap 9630 defined in between the two prongs 9620.
- Figure 98 is a schematic of attachment features of mount assemblies 6600.
- the attachment feature may be a series of interlocking pins 9810 for connecting plates 6610 together.
- the attachment features may be cooperatively configured protrusions 9820 and recesses 9830 for receiving the protrusions 9820 for connecting plates 6610 together.
- the protrusions 9820 and recesses 9830 may be along the sides or edges of the plates 6610, or may be along the top or bottom surfaces of the plates 6610.
- Figure 99 is a schematic of an attachment feature of mount assemblies 6600.
- the attachment feature may be a series of interlocking pins 9900 for connecting plates 6610 together.
- the pins 9900 may be vertical hook pins.
- the pins 9900 may be angular pins that may form a bridge over a gap defined between two plates 6610.
- Figure 100 is a schematic for attachment features of a mount assembly.
- an adhesive sheet 10000 may be used to connect two plates together 6610 or to connect a plate 6610 to a surface.
- the adhesive sheet 10000 may have one or more protective covers on either side of the sheet 10000 that may be peeled off.
- the adhesive sheet 10000 may be connected to a top surface, bottom surface, or side or edge of the plate 6610.
- the attachment feature may be a clip 10010.
- the clip 10010 may be similar to clip 9600, except the clip 10010 may have a lock mechanism 10020.
- the lock mechanism 10020 may have a default outward position, as depicted in Figure 100 (e.g. spring loaded outward).
- the recess may push the lock mechanism 10020 inward, allowing the clip 10010 to be inserted into the recess.
- the lock mechanism 10020 may extend outwards, thereby locking the clip 10010 in the recess.
- the attachment feature may be a clip 10040.
- the clip 10040 may be similar to the clip 9600. As depicted in Figure 100, the clip 10040 may be dimensioned and shaped with angled sides to promote insertion into a recess 10030.
- the plates 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 may not all be the same shape.
- the plate 6610a may have a generally octagon shape
- the plate 6610b may have a generally square shape. Plates 6610a and plates 6610b may be connected together to form a mount assembly 6600.
- Figure 101 is a schematic for attachment features of a mount assembly.
- the attachment feature may be a tongue 10110 and groove 10120.
- the thickness of the tongue 10110 and the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/16”.
- the distance from the top surface of the plate 6610 to the top edge of the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/32”. In some embodiments, the distance from the bottom surface of the plate 6610 to the bottom edge of the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/32”.
- the attachment feature may be a clip 10130.
- the clip 10130 may be similar to the clip 9600, except the clip 10130 may have flexible sides that may be inserted into a recess 10140. When being inserted into the recess 10140, the flexible sides of the clip 10130 may elastically deform until the clip 10130 is received in the recess 10140. Then, the clip 10130 returns to its original shape.
- Figure 102 is a schematic of another plate 6610 of the mount assembly 6600.
- the plate 6610 may have opposing tongues or flanges 10200 extending from opposing corners of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have opposing tongues or flanges 10200 extending from opposing sides of the plate 6610.
- the plate 6610 may comprise one or more through holes or recesses 10210 for reducing the overall weight of the plate 6610, or for reducing expansion or contraction of the plate 6610 (e.g. due to temperature).
- Through hole may extend through the plate 6610 from the top surface of the plate 6610 to the bottom surface of the plate 6610.
- Recesses may be similar to through holes, but may not extend through the plate 6610. The recess may begin at the top surface or the bottom surface of the plate 6610.
- the joining component 6620 may have one or more through holes or recesses 10210.
- Figure 103 is a schematic of four plates 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 connected by joining components 6620. As depicted in Figure 103, one of the plates 6610 has through holes or recesses 10210.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may be circular, or may be another shape, such as triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, irregular shapes, and the like.
- the plate 6610 may have one or more through holes or recesses 10210. The number and size of through holes or recesses 10210 may depend on the amount of weight of the plate 6610 to reduce, and how the expansion or contraction of the plate 6610 is to be controlled.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce weight of the plate 6610.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce approximately 30% weight of the plate 6610.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce the contact area for surface coverage.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce approximately 50% surface coverage.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce contact area without increasing possibility of telegraphing.
- the design of the through holes or recesses 10210 may avoid lineation or raised or recessed lineal direction.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce the cost of materials used to manufacture the plates 6610 and joining components 6620.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may create atmospheric stability so as to produce for the “closing” of gaps between the plates 6610 and the joining components 6620.
- moulds for manufacturing the plates 6610 may be refurbished to manufacture plates 6610 if through holes or recesses 10210.
- overlap may be rationalized and designed.
- the through holes or recesses 10210 may lead to a cost savings when manufacturing the mount assembly 6600.
- the estimated weight of a mount assembly 6600 may be approximately 4 pounds per square yard.
- a mount assembly 6600 without through holes or recesses 10210 may cost more than a mount assembly 6600 with through holes or recesses 10210 as more material needs to be used to manufacture the mount assembly 6600 without through holes or recesses 10210.
- the weight of the mount assembly 6600 may include additional thickness for joining the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to eliminate telegraphy.
- the weight of the mount assembly 6600 may be between 4.75-5.33 pounds per square yard. Approximately 30% of that weight may be reduced by through holes or recesses 10210. Of the remaining 70% weight, 30% may be filler (which may cost 0.20 cents per pound), and 70% may be recycled polymer (which may cost 0.40 cents per pound).
- Figure 104 is a schematic of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 having recesses and through-holes 10210.
- Figure 105 is a schematic of plates 6610 of the mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 105, plates 6610 may be an irregular shape, hexagon, square, or octagon. The plates 6610 may have another shape not depicted in Figure 105 (e.g. triangle, pentagon, heptagon, circle, oval, polygon, etc.).
- plates 6610 of different shapes may be joined together to form the mount assembly.
- the plates 6610 on the bottom row may be irregularly shaped to fit the edge of the surface on which the plates 6610 are installed.
- Figure 106 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
- Figure 107 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
- the first plates 6610 and joining components 6620 may be installed at the bottom of the surface, and then more plates 6610 and joining components 6620 may be used to build the mount assembly 6600 upwards.
- Figure 108 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface. As depicted in Figure 108, there may be a sequence for installing the plates 6610. In some embodiments, the plates 6610 may be installed in rows. For example, as depicted in Figure 108, plates 6610 labelled with “1” may be installed first. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “2” may be installed second. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “3” may be installed third, and so on. The joining components 6620 may be used to connect plates 6610 together or to connect the plates 6610 to the surface.
- Figure 109 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface. As depicted in Figure 109, there may be a sequence for installing the plates 6610.
- the plates 6610 may be installed in rows. For example, as depicted in Figure 108, plates 6610 labelled with “1A” may be installed first. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “1 B” may be installed second. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “2” may be installed third. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “3” may be installed fourth, and so on.
- the joining components 6620 may be used to connect plates 6610 together or to connect the plates 6610 to the surface.
- the plates 6610 may have tongues 10810 and grooves 10820 for aligning the plates 6610.
- the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be connected to the surface, for example, using screws or a double-sized adhesive.
- the bottom most row of plates 6610 may be level of the edge of the surface on which the mount assembly 6600 may be installed.
- Figure 110 is a schematic of mounting a tile system to a mount assembly 6600.
- the tile system may be defined by tile assemblies 100 or 4000, as described herein.
- the mount assembly 6600 has hooks on the top surface of the mount assembly 6600.
- the tile system has corresponding loops on the bottom surface.
- the tile system may be mounted to the mount assembly 6600 using the hooks and loops. In some embodiments, other mechanical connections may connect the tile system to the mount assembly 6600.
- Figure 111 is a schematic of a wall 11100 for mounting the mount assembly 6600.
- the wall 11100 may have corners and projecting walls.
- the mount assembly 6600 may be connected to a wall, and tile assemblies may be connected to the mount assembly 6600 using hooks and loops.
- the tile assembly may use 2.5 mm thick vinyl material.
- the tile assembly or the tile system may be 1 .22 m wide and 3.6 m high.
- the vinyl material may be pre-shaped on a thermal bending machine before being installed.
- the tile assemblies, tile systems, and mount assembly described herein may be used in harsh environments.
- the temperature may be between -25 °C to 60 °C.
- the mount assembly may be secured to the surface using screws.
- hooks and loops may be used to connect the mount assembly to the tile systems
- a portion of the bottom surface of the tile system may have hooks or loops
- a portion of the top surface of the mount assembly may have the other of hooks or loops.
- the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be made with recycled PET.
- the thickness of the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be a minimum thickness that may allow the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 to function.
- Figure 112 is a flow chart S11200 depicting a method for assembling and using a tile system to cover a floor.
- the tile system may comprise two tiles stacked together with a reinforcing material therebetween.
- the first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a first tile assembly.
- the connector may have a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
- the tile system may free floating on the floor.
- the tile system may level itself based on the texture or contours of the floor or surface on which the tile system is laid on.
- the tile system may be installed on top of an existing floor or substrate.
- sand may be used to partially level the existing floor or substrate when uneven.
- the tile system may be installed on top of an existing floor or substrate which is not level, without the use of any levelling material between the existing floor/substrate and the tile system. That is, the tile system is installed in a “free floating” manner, unattached to the existing floor or substrate below.
- Such a configuration may be relatively easy to remove when compared to tiling systems which require that the tiles be secured or fastened to the floor or substrate in some manner.
- Figure 113 is a flow chart S11300 depicting a method for mounting a tile system to a surface using a mount assembly.
- the joining components may join a plurality of plates together.
- the plates and joining components may be connected to the surface using fasteners, such as screws, nails, plugs, adhesive, and the like.
- a bottom row of plates and joining components may be installed first.
- more plates and joining components may be used to install more of the mount assembly upwards.
- the first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a first tile assembly.
- the connector may have a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
- connection the tiling system with the mount assembly may be connected together using hooks and loops.
- a surface of the tiling system has hooks or loops
- a surface of the mount assembly has the other of hooks or loops.
- the surfaces of the tiling system and mount assembly having the hooks and loops may be joined together such that the hooks and loops engage, and the tiling system connects with the mount assembly.
- Figure 114 is a schematic of telegraphing on a floor when using roll-out vinyl. In some embodiments, telegraphing may happen on roll-out vinyl. As depicted in Figure 114, the seams of hook plates may be seen. In some embodiments, the joining component may be seen. The vinyl may be standing up on the seams defined between the plates. This may be caused because the hookless area on the edges of the hook plates plus the expansion gaps, which may create a relatively large area where there are no hooks.
- Figure 115 is a schematic of a round object 11500 on a tile assembly 100.
- the force applied to the tile assembly, and the stress experienced by the tile assembly, may be distributed over the tile assembly, which may improve the strength of the tile assembly.
- Figure 116 is a schematic of a corner of a tile.
- Figure 117 is a schematic of a tile assembly.
- Figure 119 shows a tile assembly wherein the magnet attachment elements 11980 are mounted directly adjacent the tile 102 or tile assembly 100 (e.g., by an adhesive or other bonding; or without any bonding). In an embodiment at least two magnets 11980 are employed along an edge of the tile assembly. Each magnet 11980 may be retained by the spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908). The spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) may also displace a magnet 11980 from an associated magnet on another tile assembly.
- the spacer 11906 may be configured to include a continuous (or partial or intermittent) longitudinal edge receptacle or groove 12106 defined by the spacer 11906 for receiving a complimentary tongue of an adjacent tile (e.g., as shown in Figure 121).
- a magnetic attachment element retainer 11908 may be included (or employed instead of spacer 11906) to maintain or encourage the position of the magnetic attachment element 11980. Such retainer 11908 may not be necessary if the magnet is attached to the tile edge.
- the retainer 11908 may additionally (or alternatively) serve to space the magnetic attachment element 11980 from a similar feature of an adjacent tile and thereby act to provide all, some or none of the displacement for maintaining a separation of adjacent magnetic elements 11980 of adjacent tiles.
- the spacer 11906 may be integrally formed (by machining, extrusion, molding or otherwise) or it may be constructed in pieces and adhered, melted or otherwise assembled.
- the retainer 11908 adjacent the magnetic attachment element 11980 may completely encase the magnetic element or partially cover the element.
- the retainer 11908 may be eliminated and a spacer assembly (not shown) may be mounted directly to the magnetic attachment element 11980 (provided that the magnetic attachment element 11980 is otherwise mounted to, or maintained in a position relative to, the tile assembly 100).
- a spacer 11906 may be mounted directly to the magnetic attachment element 11980.
- the spacer may be as small as less than a millimetre in at least one, and alternatively all, dimension(s) (or covering up to the entire face of the magnetic attachment element 11980 and having a thickness suitable to displace the magnetic element 11980 from a magnetic attachment element 11980 on an adjacent tile (e.g., having a thickness of between about 0.1 to 50mm, 0.5 mm to 10 mm or between about 2 mm to about 4 mm; or other suitable dimension depending upon the size and geometry of the elements being installed) so that it spaces the magnetic attachment element 11980 from a corresponding magnetic attachment element 11980 on an adjacent tile assembly.
- the spacers on different tile assemblies may be configured differently.
- the spacer assembly 11906 may be eliminated or partially implemented (e.g., including only portions of the spacer 11906) when the mounted spacer assembly described above is implemented.
- embodiments may include at least a single tile, a magnetic element, and a spacer as described above with the functions described herein, and may exclude other features of the tile assembly 100 including the spacer assembly 11906 and attachment features (e.g., 106, 706, and 11806).
- the spacer assembly 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) shown in Figure 119 may be mounted to the tile assembly 100 (and/or magnet 11980) using an adhesive, glue, by melting or other suitable attachment method.
- the spacer assembly 11906 may be configured as shown in Figures 119 to 125 so that it clips to or frictionally attaches to the tile assembly 100, without any adhesive.
- the spacer assembly 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) may be flexible or rigid. A more rigid spacer assembly (and/or retainer) may facilitate the retention of the magnetic attachment elements 11980 when magnetic attachment elements 11980 from adjacent assemblies are separated.
- More flexible spacer assemblies may deform, which may be suitable provided that such spacers do not break when deformed during tile assembly separation.
- Spacer assemblies (and/or retainers) made of a resilient material e.g., a rubber or similar element
- a resilient material e.g., a rubber or similar element
- the spacer assembly 11906 may have a partial, intermittent or continuous lip adjacent a top (or decorative) surface of the tile. Such lip may be visually pleasing serving to partially or entirely span any gap between adjacent assembled tiles. Such lip may also function as a grout to inhibit undesired material (whether solid, liquid or gas) from passing between installed tiles.
- the spacer assembly 11906 may also have a feature for frictionally gripping or overlapping a surface of the decorative covering for attachment thereto. Such overlap may provide a surface for adhesive or melting to the tile.
- a grout or other functional or decorative element may be added or eliminated.
- Figures 120, 121 , and 122 show that the magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be retained by the spacer 11906 such that the spacer 11906 is connected to the tile 102, and the magnetic attachment element 11980 is connected to the spacer or held by the spacer 11906.
- the magnetic attachment element 11980 may additionally or alternatively be attached to the tile 102.
- the spacer 11906 assembly may include a tongue feature 12006 along at least one edge of the tile and a groove 12106 feature along an adjacent edge. This may facilitate the engagement with other complimentary tiles in order to form a covering for a substrate. If two adjacent edges include a tongue feature and two adjacent edges include a groove feature, then multiple assemblies may be installed by engagement with one another to cover a substrate. Such features may be continuous or intermittent.
- the geometry of the tile assemblies may be triangular, rectangular, polygonal, or other regular or irregular shape that permits the repeated interlocking of similar or different assemblies to cover a substrate.
- Figure 122 illustrates that the magnetic attachment element 11980 may be spaced along its length to provide a desired separation from a magnetic attachment element 11980 from an adjacent installed tile assembly (not shown).
- Figures 123, 124 and 125 provide enlarged views of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and spacer 11906 assembly (with Figures 123 and 124 illustrating the spacer 11906 assembly from a side that engages with an edge of a tile assembly 100).
- Figure 123 illustrates an optional flange 12300 that abuts an underside of a tile assembly 100 to facilitate placement and retention of the tile assembly 100.
- Magnetic attachment elements 11980 are exposed for attachment to the tile assembly 100.
- the magnetic attachment elements 11980 need not be exposed if the spacer assembly 11906 is configured to retain the magnetic element (though the magnetic element may still be exposed even if it is not to be attached to the tile assembly directly).
- Figure 125 illustrates the groove 12106 defined by the spacer assembly.
- a grout like feature 12500 is included above the magnetic attachment element 11980 for creating an aesthetically pleasing feature between assembled adjacent tile assemblies, for example, by reducing any visible gaps or unevenness between such assemblies. Such grout like feature 12500 may also function to inhibit the passage of material between assembled tile assemblies.
- An illustrative embodiment may include a relatively uniform rectangular tile assembly having side dimensions generally in the 2 cm to 200 cm range; or alternatively in the 5 cm to 50 cm range; or further alternatively in the 15 cm to 75 cm range; or further alternatively in the 15 cm to 60 cm range. Other dimension may be employed.
- Tile thicknesses may be as are found in the marketplace including generally 2 mm to 20 mm, 4 mm to 16 mm or 5 mm to 10 mm, for each stacked tile of the tile assembly 100.
- the attachment feature 106, 706,11806 and/or spacer 11906 may have a thickness that generally corresponds to the overall thickness of the combined stacked tiles of the tile assembly, and may be marginally thicker to facilitate connection to the tile assembly 100 and/or for aesthetics (e.g., to provide a more prominent grout-like or decorative feature).
- the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may have a width that is marginally greater than the width of the associated magnetic attachment elements 11980 to ensure a desired separation of such elements as discussed herein.
- the width of the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be greater for the aesthetic appearance of installed tile assemblies.
- Positioning of the magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be adjusted accordingly to ensure the desired spacing (e.g., a magnetic element may itself be spaced from an edge of the tile assembly or made in a wider shape to accommodate a desired wider attachment feature/spacer).
- An embodiment may include stacked tiles 102 that may be approximately 30 cm by 30 cm and having a thickness of about 5 mm, and include one to ten, two to eight, or four to six neodymium magnets on each side.
- Each magnet may be generally in the range of (length x depth x width): .5 cm to 6 cm x ,1cm to .5 cm x .1 cm to 1 cm; or 1 cm to 5 cm x .2 cm to .4 cm x .2 cm to .5 cm; or 2 cm x .4 cm x .2 cm.
- Neodymium magnets are preferable, but magnets of similar, greater, or lesser strength may also be used.
- Each neodymium magnet may include 0.5 to 10 grams, 1 to 5 grams, 1.5 to 4 grams, or 2 grams of neodymium. Each magnet may exert an attractive force of 1 Newton (N) to 50 N; 2N to 2 5 N; 4 N to 20 N; or 5 N to 18 N. Each magnet may also include about 10%- 50% neodymium by weight, or 20 to 40%, or 25 to 35% or 30%.
- a general formula may be used to determine dimensions for magnets on a given side of a tile (the invention is not limited to this formula).
- the formula may be used for each side of a tile. for an approximately 12 inch side (approx. 30 cm) long side:
- the foregoing formula may be used for other sized sides as well; with the number of magnets adjusted as needed; e.g., the factor may be 300 for a smaller 6 inch (approx. 15 cm) side and 900 for a 18 inch (approx. 45 cm) side).
- Different target numbers may be increased or decreased depending on the amount of attraction desired (e.g., 800 may be used instead of 600 when additional magnetic attraction is desired).
- the foregoing formula is for convenience and not of limitation.
- the magnetic attachment element 11980 is engaged by the tile 102 but not physically connected.
- the magnetic attachment element 11980 may be embedded in the tile 102 material itself (e.g. the ceramic, porcelain, stone etc.) such that magnetic attachment elements 11980 in adjacent tiles are spaced apart by the tiles themselves in the absence of a physically separate spacer 11906.
- magnetic elements 11980 may be spaced by a gap without a physical spacer such as retainer 11908.
- corresponding magnetic elements 11980 or adjacent tile assemblies are positioned, or caused to be positioned, relative to one another in spaced relationship by the geometry of features such as the spacer 11906.
- 126A-126C illustrate a tile assembly 20000 comprising a tile 20006 having a grout connector 20008 (which is a prefabricated grout and may be referred to as “connector” herein) disposed therearound.
- the tile 20006 may be formed from one or more tiles, or layers (not shown). The layers can be decorative or non-decorative.
- the tile 20006 may have a thickness of, for example, from about 7.5mm to about 8.5mm.
- the connector 20008, shown in isolation in FIGS. 127A-127B, may be attached to the tile 20006 by, for example, an adhesive.
- the connector 20008 may include one or more tongue attachment features (20010, 20012) and one or more complementary groove attachment features (20011). Such attachment features may extend partially or completely along the length of each side the connector 20008.
- the connector may have a plurality of recesses 20004 defined therein for receiving one or more magnetic elements 20010 (FIG. 1C) such that the magnetic elements 20010 can be directly attached to the side faces of the tile 20006 and/or to the connector 20008, such as by an adhesive.
- the magnetic elements 20010 in combination with the attachment features (20010,20011 ,20012) may permit a detachable connection between the tile assembly 20002 and one or more other tile assemblies (not shown).
- the detachable connection may be maintained by a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the tile assemblies toward one another.
- the connector 20008 or at least its attachment features may be made from an elastic material to minimize and preferably eliminate gaps between adjacent connectors when the tile assemblies are installed.
- the detachable connection may thus be a water tight connection.
- the elastic material may be, for example, Asili DynalloyTM, or may be selected from other suitable thermoplastic elastomers.
- the connector may be configured to maintain a gap (not shown) between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies.
- the gap may be from, for example, from about 0.4mm to about 0.8mm. Such gap may enable a degree of conformation of the tile system to the floor on which it is installed, particularly when the floor has imperfections/irregularities.
- This may reduce or obviate the need for a sub-floor or a leveller as required when installing prior tile systems.
- the ability of the tile system to conform may also reduce or avoid the need for expansion joints between tiles when they would otherwise be required. Further, the gap between the assemblies may facilitate removal of a broken installed tile.
- the assembly includes at least one multi-pole magnet (e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets) on each side of the tile to encourage self-alignment.
- multi-pole magnet e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets
- standard (north/south) magnets may be used.
- complementary magnetic elements may be complementary pairs of a suitable metal (e.g., steel) and a magnet.
- the magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets. Such magnets may be, for example, nickel plated or epoxy plated. The length may be greater than the height, and the height greater than the width. In some embodiments, the magnets are about 48mm +/- 0.2 mm (length) x 4mm +/- 0.1 mm (height) x 1 ,2mm +/- 0.1 mm (width), with the width dimension referring to the extent of protrusion from a side of the tile. Such magnet dimensions may permit a relatively thin grout connector, i.e. , about 3mm +/-0.2 mm which may improve aesthetic appeal.
- the grout connector may be treated with plasma light, corona light, or other suitable roughening techniques to encourage an additional level of adherence between the connector and tile.
- the grout connector may include small holes to increase adhesion when using an adhesive to bond the connector to the tile.
- the tile assembly may be assembled by: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
- a tool 20015 for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles
- the tool comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles. If the tile to be detached is broken, a non porous plastic sheet with an adhesive on one side may be applied to the outer surface of the tile and the suction cup may then engage the sheet to remove the tile.
- the tool 20015 may include a centering element 20024 including suction cups and rods, and may be operated manually by a drive wheel 20018 to remove a tile.
- the tool 20015 may include a support assembly comprising a frame 20020 which is depicted as a sole bar, but may include more than one support bars, for example, in a cross or other configuration.
- the frame 20020 may include or be supported by mounts 20016.
- the tool 20015 may be used to replace a broken tile by first placing and centering the tool 20015 on the tile to be replaced. Next, suction cups (not clearly shown) may engage the tile, and the wheel 20018 may be turned to lift the tile to be replaced. The neighboring tiles may be partially lifted, or may stay on the floor. Once the tile to be replaced is disengaged from the surrounding tiles, and a new tile can be engaged by the centering element. This tile may then be replaced by being lowered into engagement with the aforementioned neighboring tiles.
- the tile assembly (i.e. , the tile and connector) described herein may have different shapes.
- the tile assembly may be generally square in shape.
- the tile assembly may be generally a circle, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, having one or more curves sides, and the like.
- the tile may be made of a variety of materials.
- the tile may be resilient flooring that may be made of marmoleum (sheet goods or modules), vinyl (sheet goods or modules), luxury vinyl tile (LVT; some LVT may have a textured surface and other LVT may have a smooth surface), or vinyl composite tile (VCT).
- the tile may be made with narrow or wide width tufted carpet, painted or woven carpet, or carpet tile.
- the carpet materials may be glued down, double stitched, or pod and smoothed out as appropriate.
- the tile may be Laminam ® tiles.
- the tile may be a laminate tile, porcelain tile, ceramic tile, stone tile, marble tile, and the like.
- the tile of the tile assembly may be previously cut, or the material for the tile may be purchased to independently fabricate the tile and independently cut the tile.
- the material of the tile e.g. marble, porcelain, or ceramic in thin sheets
- tiles with a flat back and tiles for the support back maybe used, and laminated with a suitable fibre fabric material therebetween.
- the tile assembly may have a feature to reduce the amount of air pockets or mitigate formation of the air pockets between the two tiles.
- the material used to bond the tiles together of a two-tile tile assembly may be particular to the types of tile used. For example, if Laminam ® tiles are used, then bond used for bonding Laminam ® tiles should be used. This allows appropriate transfer of stress through the tiles and through the reinforcing layer (e.g. fibre glass layer).
- the reinforcing layer e.g. fibre glass layer
- one or more steps of the manufacturing process for the tile assembly may be automated, for example, using a robot.
- the pallet for the rolls and tiles, glue, and jig may be automated using a robot.
- the tile assemblies and mount assemblies described herein may be tested using a Robinson test.
- a machine may apply a load repeatedly using a wheel, which may represent years of traffic.
- the tile assemblies and mount assemblies may be evaluated for cracking, attachment feature deterioration or grout deterioration, and degree of waterproofing.
- the grout may be conventional grout.
- a chisel or chop may be used in the affected area and the grout may be removed.
- the tile assemblies may still be connected together when the grout is applied.
- a tile made with marble may be laminated to a tile made with ceramic.
- the tile assembly and mount assembly described herein may not require extensive technical skills or experience to install.
- the parts may be easy to assemble together and easy to install on the surface.
- the tile assembly and mount assembly may be installed on a surface without use of a subsurface or support surface, such as mesh, beds, mortar, or grout.
- tile assembly and mount assembly may be installed on a surface without use of a subsurface or support surface, such as mesh, beds, mortar, or grout, inconveniences associated with using these subsurfaces or support surfaces may be avoided. For example, no mortar needs to be kept flat prior to installing a tile assembly or mount assembly on a surface.
- the reinforcing material between the two tiles of a tile assembly may be changed based on the application of the tile assembly.
- the reinforcing material may be fibre glass.
- the reinforcing material may be Kevlar ®. Accordingly, the tile assembly may have a military application.
- the tile assembly may be used on nautical crafts, such as boats or cruise ships, as a free floating and self-levelling flooring.
- the tile system comprising tile assemblies connected together, may level itself when installed on a floor. This may improve or promote walking on the tile system.
- the tile assemblies may have sound proofing or noise reduction capabilities.
- the tile system may prevent or reduce the frequency of the popping of the grout.
- the tile assembly and mount assembly may reduce re-modelling costs. For example, if a floor laid with conventional tile is damaged, then the entire floor may have to be replaced. If the floor was laid with the tile assemblies described herein, then only the damaged tile assemblies may be replaced.
- holes may be cut in the tile assembly or mount assembly.
- marble or another top surface may be on the laminate.
- the systems and methods described herein may allow for the pre-packaging of total floor areas and walls.
- conventional equipment e.g. an application on a mobile computing device that might contain optical measurement devices
- precise dimensions of a wall, room or area thereof may be obtained quickly and without difficulty.
- precise measurements may be provided by the customer or collected.
- Pictures may also be used to calculate room dimensions.
- tiles may be pre-assembled and pre-cut by the manufacturer. These pre-assembled and pre-cut tiles can be packaged for delivery and delivered for on-site installation.
- the systems, methods and products disclosed herein may allow for relatively simple installation of the preassembled tiles in free floating fashion. As such, significant savings in labour may be obtained relative to conventional tiling systems, which would require expert labour.
- the tile assembly or mount assembly may present environmental benefits. During installation, no attachment cement or grout finishing may be necessary, which may reduce mess during installation of the tile assembly. As individual tile assemblies may be removed, little mess may be created when uninstalling the tile assembly. The tile assemblies may also be uninstalled easily and reused. In some embodiments, using the tile assembly does not generate much dust or require additional adhesives or materials to join the tile assembly together. When using the tile assembly, pre-working of the subsurface (e.g. applying mortar on floor, sanding down a wall, redoing a drywall, etc.) may not be required.
- pre-working of the subsurface e.g. applying mortar on floor, sanding down a wall, redoing a drywall, etc.
- connection or “coupled to” may include both direct coupling (in which two elements that are coupled to each other contact each other) and indirect coupling (in which at least one additional element is located between the two elements).
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Civil Engineering (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Finishing Walls (AREA)
Abstract
A tile system for covering a surface. The tile system comprises first and second tile assemblies, each tile assembly having a connector comprising a first attachment feature and a second attachment feature. The first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component of an adjacent connector. The connectors include or are configured to receive at least one magnetic component and preferably to maintain a gap between complementary magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are connected. Also provided is a tool for removing a tile assembly from the tile system.
Description
HARD SURFACE CONNECTION SYSTEM, METHOD AND PRODUCT
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0001] This application incorporates by reference U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/609,561 , filed December 22, 2017, and Patent Cooperation Treaty applications No. PCT/CA2018/051635, filed December 20, 2018 (including all versions thereof), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
[0002] This relates to the field of tiling, and in particular, a tile system having a plurality of tiling assemblies connected together for releasable connection.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Tiles may be installed on a surface of a room, such as the floor or a wall, for functional or aesthetic reasons. Without tiling, it may be unsafe to walk on a floor, which may have an uneven or splintered surface. Tiles may be installed to protect the underlying surface from various damage and wear (e.g. from liquids and impact). The exposed surface of the tile may have a decorative feature, such as colours, patterns, or designs, which increase the aesthetic appeal of the surface upon which the tile is installed.
[0004] Unfortunately, existing processes for installing tiles may be costly, labour-intensive, and require the skill and experience of a trained tile installer.
[0005] Prior to installing tiles on the surface, the surface may first need to be prepared, such as by cleaning the surface, installing a mesh frame subfloor, and/or applying a layer of mortar to the surface. Installing the tiles may itself be a delicate task. When the tiles are laid down on the surface, adjacent tiles may need to be level and even; otherwise, the raised edges and corners of uneven tiles may provide discomfort or be a safety hazard to those walking on the tiled surface, and tiles that are misaligned or improperly spaced may be aesthetically displeasing. After the tiles are laid down, the tiled surface may need further treatment, such as the application of grout, which may be cumbersome and time-consuming.
[0006] Moreover, it may be difficult to replace installed tiles. It may be tedious and messy to remove the installed tiles, which may dislodge hardened mortar and grout, generate dust, and damage the underlying surface. Because the installed tiles are secured to the same surface, it may be difficult to replace only some of the installed tiles without damaging other tiles.
[0007] In addition, existing processes for installing tiles may be environmentally unfriendly. In particular, damaged tiles may not be reused, and new tiles need to be manufactured to replace the damaged tiles. Further, water, cement, and sand may be required to prepare sufficient amounts of mortar and grout each time tiles are installed, as it may not be feasible to reuse hardened mortar and grout.
SUMMARY
[0008] According to one aspect, there is provided a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for detachable connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first tile bonded to a layer of stabilizing material; wherein the first tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, and the second tile assembly further comprises a second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies.
[0009] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile system for covering a surface, comprising: a first tile assembly configured for detachable connection to a second tile assembly, each tile assembly comprising: a first tile joined to a stabilizing material; wherein the first tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component, and the second tile assembly further comprises a second attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component.
[0010] In some embodiments, the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
[0011] In some embodiments, the first attachment component and the second attachment component are engaged in a friction fit when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
[0012] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
[0013] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
[0014] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is disposed on all sides of the first tile assembly.
[0015] In some embodiments, the second attachment component is disposed on all sides of the second tile assembly.
[0016] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is a hook, and the second attachment component is a loop.
[0017] In some embodiments, each of the first and second attachment components has at least one magnetic element disposed therein.
[0018] In some embodiments, each of the first and second attachment components is a magnet.
[0019] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is a tongue and the second attachment component is a groove.
[0020] In some embodiments, first attachment component is formed from a polymer material.
[0021] In some embodiments, the reinforcing material is an orthotropic glass fiber material.
[0022] In some embodiments, an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
[0023] In some embodiments, the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
[0024] In some embodiments, the first tile assembly and second tile assembly define a gap therebetween.
[0025] In some embodiments, the gap is approximately 3/16”.
[0026] In some embodiments, the second tile of the first tile assembly has a first coupling surface for releasably mounting the first and second tile assemblies to a second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
[0027] In some embodiments, the first coupling surface has loops.
[0028] In some embodiments, the second coupling surface has hooks.
[0029] In some embodiments, the first tile has one of a triangular, rectangular, or hexagonal shape.
[0030] In some embodiments, the first tile has a polygonal shape.
[0031] In some embodiments, the connection between the first and second tile assembly is waterproof.
[0032] In some embodiments, the first attachment component is malleable.
[0033] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: an exterior facing tile having a plurality of sides; a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of the plurality of sides; and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of the plurality of sides; wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tile, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tile.
[0034] In some embodiments, the tile assembly further comprises a layer of stabilizing material disposed on an underside of the exterior facing tile.
[0035] In some embodiments, the tile assembly further comprises an interior facing tile disposed on the layer of stabilizing material.
[0036] In some embodiments, the stabilizing material is one of fiberglass, steel, or aluminum.
[0037] In some embodiments, the tile assembly further comprises a layer of sound-absorbing material.
[0038] In some embodiments, the sound-absorbing material is cork.
[0039] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components are malleable.
[0040] In some embodiments, the tile assembly is resistant to one or more of rolling loads, high impacts, static loads, and shifting and/or settling of the substrate.
[0041] In some embodiments, the first and second attachments have one or more magnetic elements disposed therein.
[0042] In some embodiments, the first and second attachments form a hook and loop configuration.
[0043] In some embodiments, the first and second attachments form a click and lock configuration.
[0044] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first tile and the second tile; and a plate having a recess configured to accept at least one of the first tile and the second tile, said plate comprising: a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of said plate, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of said plate, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent plate, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent plate.
[0045] In some embodiments, the tile assembly further comprises a grout for sealing connections between adjacent plates.
[0046] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile assembly for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the
substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first tile and the second tile; and a tray having a recess configured to accept at least one of the first tile and the second tile, said plate comprising: a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of said tray, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of said tray, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tray, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tray, and wherein the first and second attachment components further include an artificial grout.
[0047] According to another aspect, there is provided a connector for connecting a first tile having a plurality of sides to at least a second tile, the grout connector comprising: a plurality of inner faces, each inner face having a shape complementary in shape to a respective side of the plurality of sides of the first tile; at least one first attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least one of the inner faces; at least one second attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least another one of the inner faces; wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component of an adjacent grout connector, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent connector.
[0048] In some embodiments, the connector further comprises a recess for accepting the first tile.
[0049] In some embodiments, the connector is bonded to the first tile with adhesive.
[0050] In some embodiments, a connection between the first and second attachment components with the adjacent connector is waterproof.
[0051] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
[0052] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components comprise at least one magnetic element for strengthening the connection between the connector and the adjacent connector when connected.
[0053] According to another aspect, there is provided a method of manufacturing a tile assembly, the method comprising: joining a first tile to a layer of reinforcing material; and applying pressure to the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material.
[0054] In some embodiments, the method further comprises joining a second tile to the layer of reinforcing material.
[0055] In some embodiments, the method further comprises joining a soundproof material to the second tile.
[0056] In some embodiments, the method further comprises joining a first attachment component to a first side of the first tile; and joining a second attachment component to a second side of the first tile.
[0057] In some embodiments, the method further comprises placing one or more of the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material into a tray or plate having a recess dimensioned to accept the one or more of the first tile and the layer of reinforcing material.
[0058] In some embodiments, the method further comprises bonding the reinforcing material to the tray or plate.
[0059] In some embodiments, the method further comprises placing one or more of the first tile, second tile, and reinforcing material into a tray or plate having a recess dimensioned to accept the one or more of the first tile, second tile, and reinforcing material.
[0060] In some embodiments, the method further comprises bonding the second tile to the tray or plate.
[0061] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
[0062] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components include at least one magnetic element.
[0063] According to another aspect, there is provided a method of covering a substrate with interlocking tile assemblies without bonding the interlocking tile assemblies to the substrate, the method comprising: engaging a first attachment feature of a first tile assembly with a second
attachment feature of a second tile assembly, the first attachment component being complementary in shape to the second attachment component; and engaging a second attachment feature of the first tile assembly with a first attachment feature of the second tile assembly.
[0064] In some embodiments, the first and second tile assemblies comprise a first tile and a layer of stabilizing material on an underside of the first tile.
[0065] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
[0066] In some embodiments, the first and second attachment components include at least one magnetic element.
[0067] In some embodiments, an exposed surface of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
[0068] In some embodiments, the method further comprises defining a gap between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly upon connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly.
[0069] In some embodiments, the gap is approximately 3/16”.
[0070] In some embodiments, the method further comprises: mounting the tiling assembly to the substrate by connecting a first coupling surface of the first tile assembly to a second coupling surface of the substrate, the second coupling surface being complementary in shape to the first coupling surface.
[0071] In some embodiments, the first coupling surface has loops.
[0072] In some embodiments, the second coupling surface has hooks.
[0073] According to another aspect, there is provided a reinforced tile assembly, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile; a second tile; and a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles.
[0074] In some embodiments, the first tile has a plurality of sides, and the tile assembly further comprises a first attachment component disposed on at least a first side of the plurality of sides, and a second attachment component disposed on at least a second side of the plurality of sides, wherein the first attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component on an adjacent tile assembly, and wherein the second attachment component is configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent tile assembly.
[0075] In some embodiments, the stabilizing material is one of fiberglass, polyethylene terephthalate, steel, aluminum, or foam.
[0076] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile system for covering a surface, comprising: a first tile assembly connected to a second tile assembly by a connector, each tile assembly comprising a first tile stacked on a second tile, the first tile and the second tile joined to a reinforcing material disposed therebetween; wherein the connector comprises a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component; the first component is mounted to the first tile assembly, and the second component is mounted to the second tile assembly.
[0077] In some embodiments, the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
[0078] In some embodiments, a side of the first tile assembly having the first component is opposite a side of the second tile assembly having the second component when the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly are connected.
[0079] In some embodiments, the first tile assembly has the first component on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second tile assembly has the second component on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
[0080] In some embodiments, the first tile assembly has the first component on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly, and second tile assembly has the second component on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
[0081] In some embodiments, the first tile assembly has the first component on all sides of the first tile assembly.
[0082] In some embodiments, the second tile assembly has the second component on all sides of the second tile assembly.
[0083] In some embodiments, the first component of the connector is a hook, and the second component of the connector is a groove.
[0084] In some embodiments, the first component of the connector is a tongue and the second component of the connector is a channel.
[0085] In some embodiments, the connector is formed from a polymer material.
[0086] In some embodiments, the reinforcing material is an orthotropic glass fiber material.
[0087] In some embodiments, an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are level.
[0088] In some embodiments, the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
[0089] In some embodiments, the first tile assembly and second tile assembly define a gap therebetween.
[0090] In some embodiments, the gap is approximately 3/16”.
[0091] In some embodiments, the second tile of the first tile assembly has a first coupling surface for releasably mounting the first and second tile assemblies to a second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
[0092] In some embodiments, the first coupling surface has loops.
[0093] In some embodiments, the second coupling surface has hooks.
[0094] In accordance with another aspect, there is provided a method of covering a surface, the method comprising: joining pairs of first tiles and second tiles to reinforcing material disposed therebetween, the first tiles stacked on the second tiles, to define a first tile assembly and a second tile assembly; and connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly with a connector to define a tiling system, the connector having a first component and a second
component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
[0095] In some embodiments, the first tile and the second tile are ceramic tiles.
[0096] In some embodiments, a side of the first tile assembly having the first component is opposite a side of the second tile assembly having the second component when the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly are connected.
[0097] In some embodiments, an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are level.
[0098] In some embodiments, the method comprises defining a gap between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly upon connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly.
[0099] In some embodiments, the gap is approximately 3/16”.
[00100] In some embodiments, the method comprises: mounting the tiling assembly to the surface by connecting a first coupling surface of the first tile assembly to a second coupling surface of the surface, the second coupling surface complementary to the first coupling surface.
[00101] In some embodiments, the first coupling surface has loops.
[00102] In some embodiments, the second coupling surface has hooks.
[00103] According to another aspect, there is provided a free floating tile system to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first tile stacked onto a second tile, the first tile and the second tile being bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles; a first magnetic attachment component mounted to the first tile assembly; a second complimentary magnetic attachment component mounted to the second tile assembly for attracting the first magnetic attachment component to inhibit relative movement of the first and second tile assemblies when the first and second tile assemblies are each placed in an installation position relative to each other; a spacer for maintaining a separation between the
first and second attachment components to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween and to maintain a magnetic separation force, such as a resistance force, therebetween, which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the first tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly.
[00104] In some embodiments, the first magnetic element is located adjacent an edge of the first tile assembly.
[00105] In some embodiments, the spacer is located between the first and second magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are in the installation position.
[00106] In some embodiments, the spacer is made from at least one of the following materials: polyethylene, low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene, polypropylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate, a thermoplastic elastomer, TPE (Thermo Plastic Elastomer) and silicone.
[00107] In some embodiments, the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly.
[00108] In some embodiments, the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly as part of a tongue and groove connection for connection to the second tile assembly.
[00109] In some embodiments, the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly as part of a click and lock connection for connection to the second tile assembly.
[00110] In some embodiments the spacer is configured to house the first magnetic attachment.
[00111] In some embodiments, the free floating tile system further comprises a grout feature, wherein the spacer is mounted to an edge of the first tile assembly and the grout feature forms an at least partial seal when the first and second tile assemblies are arranged in the installation position and the magnetic attachment component is retained by the spacer.
[00112] In some embodiments, the magnetic attachment component is mounted flush with a face of the tile assembly and the grout feature is a plastic being one of deformable and rigid.
[00113] In some embodiments, the magnetic attachment component is at least partially covered by the grout feature to form an at least partially finished surface covering when the first tile assembly is installed with the second tile assembly.
[00114] According to another aspect, there is provided a tile assembly for forming a free floating surface covering over a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile assembly comprising: a first tile stacked on a second tile, the first tile and the second tile being bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles; a first magnetic attachment component mounted to the tile assembly for connection to a second magnetic attachment component of a second tile assembly to inhibit relative movement of the tile assemblies when the tile assemblies are each placed in an installation position relative to each other; a spacer mounted to the tile for maintaining a separation between the tile assemblies to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween and to maintain a magnetic separation force therebetween which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the tile assembly and the second tile assembly.
[00115] According to another aspect, there is provided a method of installing two or more tile assemblies to at least partially cover a surface comprising: aligning a first edge of a first tile assembly having a spacer, the first edge having a first magnetic tile component, and the first tile assembly being complementary in shape to a first face of the spacer with a second edge of a second tile assembly with the spacer, the second edge having a second magnetic tile component complimentary to the first magnetic tile component, the second tile assembly generally corresponding in shape to a second face of the spacer; magnetically engaging the first magnetic attachment component with the second magnetic attachment component adjacent the spacer to maintain a magnetic separation resistance force therebetween which is less than a force required to move the mounted first magnetic attachment component relative to the first tile assembly, to form a detachable magnetic connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly.
[00116] In some embodiments, the first and second tile assemblies comprise a first tile and a layer of stabilizing material on an underside of the first tile.
[00117] In some embodiments, an exposed surface of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
[00118] In yet another aspect, provided is a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies having a first tile, the first and second tile assemblies further comprising first and second attachment components, respectively, the first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, the second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies, at least one of the attachment components being made from an elastic material.
[00119] In yet another aspect, provided is a tile system for covering a surface, comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies having a first tile, the first and second tile assemblies further comprising first and second attachment components, respectively, the first attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element, the second attachment component comprising at least one magnetic element complementary to the magnetic element of the first attachment component, the second attachment component being complementary in shape to the first attachment component and configured to receive the first attachment component to form a detachable connection between the first tile assembly and the second tile assembly, the detachable connection having a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the first and second tile assemblies, at least one of the attachment components being made from an elastic material.
[00120] In one implementation, the attachment components are configured to maintain a gap between complementary magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
[00121] In another implementation, the gap is from about 0.6mm to about 0.8mm.
[00122] In yet another implementation, the first attachment component and the second attachment component are engaged in a friction fit when the first and second tile assemblies are connected.
[00123] In yet another implementation, the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
[00124] In yet another implementation, the first attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two opposite sides of the second tile assembly.
[00125] In yet another implementation, the first attachment component is disposed on all sides of the first tile assembly.
[00126] In yet another implementation, the second attachment component is disposed on all sides of the second tile assembly.
[00127] In yet another implementation, the first attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the first tile assembly, and the second attachment component is disposed on two adjoining sides of the second tile assembly.
[00128] In yet another implementation, each of the first and second tile assemblies further comprise a second tile, the first tile being stacked on the second tile.
[00129] In yet another implementation, the first tile and the second tile are bonded to a layer of stabilizing material disposed between the first and second tiles.
[00130] In yet another implementation, each of the first and second tile assemblies have at least two non-decorative layers and one decorative layer.
[00131] In yet another implementation, the first and second tile assemblies have at least two decorative layers and one non-decorative layer.
[00132] In yet another implementation, the tiles are ceramic tiles.
[00133] In yet another implementation, an exposed surface of the first tile of the first tile assembly and an exposed surface of the first tile of the second tile assembly are substantially level.
[00134] In yet another implementation, the tile system comprises a foam pad joined to an exposed surface of the second tile of the first tile assembly.
[00135] In yet another implementation, the first tile has one of a triangular, rectangular, or hexagonal shape.
[00136] In yet another implementation, the first tile has a polygonal shape.
[00137] In yet another implementation, the connection between the first and second tile assembly is waterproof.
[00138] In yet another implementation, the complementary magnetic elements are four- pole magnets.
[00139] In yet another implementation, the complementary magnetic elements are six- pole magnets.
[00140] In yet another implementation, the complementary magnetic elements are one or more pairs of magnet and magnetic metal.
[00141] In yet another implementation, magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets.
[00142] In yet another implementation, the magnetic elements have a length of from about 47.8mm to about 48.2mm, a height of from about 3.9mm to about 4.1 mm, and a width of from about 1 .1 mm to about 1 ,3mm.
[00143] In yet another aspect, provided is a connector for connecting a first tile having a plurality of sides to at least a second tile, the grout connector comprising: a plurality of inner faces, each inner face having a shape complementary in shape to a respective side of the
plurality of sides of the first tile; at least one first attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least one of the inner faces; at least one second attachment component disposed on an opposite side of at least another one of the inner faces; the first attachment component being configured to engage with a corresponding second attachment component of an adjacent grout connector, the second attachment component being configured to engage with a corresponding first attachment component on the adjacent connector, the first and second attachment components each comprising or being configured to receive at least one magnetic element for strengthening the connection between the connector and the adjacent connector when connected, wherein the first and second attachment components are made from an elastic material.
[00144] In an implementation, the connector is further configured to maintain a gap between the magnetic elements and corresponding magnetic elements of the adjacent grout connector.
[00145] In another implementation, the gap is from about 0.6mm to about 0.8mm.
[00146] In yet another implementation, the connector further comprises a recess for accepting the first tile.
[00147] In yet another implementation, the connector is bonded to the first tile with adhesive.
[00148] In yet another implementation, a connection between the first and second attachment components with the adjacent connector are waterproof.
[00149] In yet another implementation, the first and second attachment components include at least one of a tongue and groove connection, or a click and lock connection.
[00150] In yet another implementation, the connector has thickness of about 3mm.
[00151] In yet another aspect, provided is a method of manufacturing a tile assembly configured to connect detachably to at least one other tile assembly, the method comprising: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
[00152] In yet another aspect, provided is a tool for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles, the tool comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles.
[00153] In an implementation, the suction assembly comprises four suction cups.
[00154] In yet another aspect, provided is a tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a first tile of the first tile assembly, the first attachment component including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, the side surface of the first tile having one or more magnetic elements connected thereto; and a second attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a second tile of the second tile assembly, the second attachment including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, and the side surface of the second tile having one or more other magnetic elements, complementary to the one or more magnetic elements of the first tile assembly, connected thereto and positioned such that there is a magnetic force of attraction between the complementary magnetic elements.
[00155] In an implementation, the magnetic elements of the first and second attachment components are protruding from the side surfaces less than the polymeric surfaces such that there is a space between complementary magnetic elements.
[00156] In another implementation, the first tile is bonded to a layer of stabilizing material.
[00157] In yet another implementation, the tile system of any one of claimsl to 3, wherein the first and second attachment components are connected to each side surface of the first and second tiles, respectively.
[00158] In yet another implementation, the first and second attachment components are the same shape as the tiles, and extend along each side surface of the first and second tiles, respectively.
[00159] In yet another implementation, the first and second attachment components each include two polymeric tongues on two opposing sides of the tiles, and two complementary polymeric grooves on two other opposing sides of the tiles, and the magnetic force compresses the attachment components so as to create a water resistant seal between the tile assemblies that has the appearance of grout.
[00160] In yet another implementation, at least one magnetic element has a thickness that is less than the width and length, a width that is less than the length and more than the thickness, and a length greater than the thickness and width.
[00161] In yet another implementation, the first and second tile assemblies each comprises: two of the magnetic elements on each of the side surfaces, the two magnetic elements being on opposite sides of one of the at least one polymeric surface.
[00162] In yet another implementation, the two magnetic elements are from about 3 to about 9 inches apart from one another.
[00163] In yet another implementation, two magnetic elements are about 6 inches apart from one another.
[00164] In yet another implementation, the length is from about 40mm to about 60mm, the width is from about 2mm to about 6mm, and the thickness is from about 0.5mm to about 2mm.
[00165] In yet another implementation, the length is about 48mm, the width is about 4mm, and the thickness is about 1.2mm.
[00166] In yet another implementation, at least one of the magnetic elements is a neodymium magnet.
[00167] In yet another implementation, the space between the complementary magnetic elements is at least .02 mm.
[00168] In yet another implementation, the space between the complementary magnetics is from about 0.4 mm to about 0.8 mm.
[00169] In yet another implementation, the space between the complementary magnetic elements is from about 0.5 to about 0.7 mm.
[00170] In yet another implementation, an inner surface of the first and second attachment features in contact with the sides of the first and second tiles are roughened to promote adherence between the attachment features and the sides.
[00171] In yet another implementation, the inner surface of the first and second attachment features is treated with plasma light or corona light.
[00172] In yet another implementation, the first and second attachment features are connected to the sides by an adhesive, and an inner surface of the first and second attachment features has defined therein small apertures to strengthen adhesion provided by the adhesive.
[00173] In yet another aspect, provided is a polymeric attachment feature, the frame and polymeric attachment feature having a similar shape, the frame comprising: four sides, each of the sides including a compressible joint permitting a reduction in length of each side of the frame in response to an applied force, so as to facilitate placement of the polymeric attachment feature therearound when the compressible joint is at least partially compressed, the frame having a maximum width and length larger than a width and length of the polymeric attachment feature.
[00174] In an implementation, the compressible joints include a spring.
[00175] In another implementation, upper and lower surfaces of the frame have protrusions and recesses, respectfully, defined therein for receiving protrusions and recesses of other frames to facilitate stacking of the frames.
[00176] In yet another implementation, the length and the width of the frame are from about 1 mm to about 5mm larger than the length and the width of the polymeric attachment feature.
[00177] In yet another implementation, the frame further comprises holes at each corner thereof that are engageable to compress the compressible joints.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
[00178] In the figures which illustrate example embodiments,
[00179] Figure 1 is a schematic of a tile assembly;
[00180] Figure 2 is a schematic of the tile assembly of Figure 1 with another attachment feature;
[00181] Figure 3 is a schematic of the tile assembly of Figure 1 with another attachment feature;
[00182] Figure 4 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system;
[00183] Figure 5 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system;
[00184] Figure 6 is a schematic of the edges of a tile;
[00185] Figure 7 is a schematic of the attachment feature of the tile;
[00186] Figure 8 is a schematic of an attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00187] Figure 9 is a schematic of an attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00188] Figure 10 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature and an example female attachment feature;
[00189] Figure 11 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature and an example female attachment feature connected together;
[00190] Figure 12A is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00191] FIG. 12B is a schematic of another attachment feature of an example embodiment of a tile assembly;
[00192] Figure 13 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00193] Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematics of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00194] Figure 16 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00195] Figure 17 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly;
[00196] Figure 18 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00197] Figure 19 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly;
[00198] Figure 20 is a schematic of two tile assemblies connected together with attachment features;
[00199] Figure 21 is a schematic of the male attachment feature of Figure 20;
[00200] Figure 22 is a schematic of attachment features connecting two tile assemblies together;
[00201] Figure 23 is a schematic of a tile system formed from four tile assemblies;
[00202] Figure 24 is a schematic of two tile assemblies joined together with attachment features;
[00203] Figure 25 is a schematic of a tile assembly having an attachment feature;
[00204] Figure 26 is a schematic of a tile assembly having an attachment feature;
[00205] Figure 27 is a schematic of a tile assembly;
[00206] Figure 28 is a schematic of a tile assembly having a male attachment feature that is connected with a female attachment feature;
[00207] Figure 29 is a schematic of two tile assemblies connected together by a male attachment feature and a female attachment feature to form a tile system;
[00208] Figures 30-34 depict the tile assemblies of Figure 29 separated from each other;
[00209] Figure 35 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system;
[00210] Figure 36 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system;
[00211] Figure 37 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system;
[00212] Figure 38 is a schematic of a tile system;
[00213] Figure 39 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system;
[00214] Figure 40 is a schematic of a tile assembly having two tiles;
[00215] Figure 41 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles connected together;
[00216] Figure 42 is two exploded views of a tile assembly having two tiles;
[00217] Figure 43 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles, with stabilizers connected to the tile assemblies;
[00218] Figure 44 is a schematic of a tile system having nine tiling assemblies connected together;
[00219] Figure 45 is a schematic of two tile assemblies having two tiles, with loops connected to the tile assemblies;
[00220] Figure 46 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufactured with the stabilizer moulded to a tile;
[00221] Figure 47 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufacturing tool;
[00222] Figure 48 is a schematic of the tile assembly manufacturing tool of Figure 47;
[00223] Figure 49 is a schematic of a tile assembly being manufactured by the tool of Figure 47;
[00224] Figure 50 is a schematic of a temperature plot of the plastic and the tool during the tile assembly manufacturing process;
[00225] Figure 51 is a schematic of a moulding backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly;
[00226] Figure 52 is a schematic of a tile for manufacturing a tile assembly;
[00227] Figure 53 is a schematic of press welding a tile and a backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly;
[00228] Figure 54 is a schematic of a manufactured tile assembly;
[00229] Figure 55 is a table outlining features of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process;
[00230] Figure 56 is a schematic of a tile and a backing plate being press welded together to form a tile assembly;
[00231] Figure 57 is a schematic of cams of a tile assembly manufacturing tool;
[00232] Figure 58 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly;
[00233] Figures 59-63 are schematics of press-welded tile assemblies;
[00234] Figure 64 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly;
[00235] Figure 65 is a schematic of a tile assembly with a tile, a stabilizer, and a female attachment feature;
[00236] Figure 66 is a schematic of a mount assembly;
[00237] Figure 67 is a schematic of plates of a mount assembly;
[00238] Figure 68 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
[00239] Figure 69 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
[00240] Figure 70 is a schematic of mount assemblies with plates installed horizontally and vertically;
[00241] Figure 71 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly;
[00242] Figure 72 is a schematic of a joining component of the mount assembly;
[00243] Figures 73-74 are schematics of a joining component of the mount assembly;
[00244] Figure 75 is a schematic of a joining component of the mount assembly;
[00245] Figure 76 is a schematic of a mount assembly with the plates and joining components assembled together;
[00246] Figure 77 is a schematic of a mount assembly with gaps on the plates;
[00247] Figure 78 is a schematic of a mount assembly;
[00248] Figure 79 is a schematic of a mount assembly;
[00249] Figure 80 is a schematic of a mount assembly;
[00250] Figure 81 is a schematic of a mount assembly being assembled;
[00251] Figure 82 is a schematic of a mount assembly being assembled;
[00252] Figure 83 is a schematic of a corner of a plate of a mount assembly;
[00253] Figure 84 is a schematic of a corner of a plate of a mount assembly;
[00254] Figure 85 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly;
[00255] Figure 86 is a schematic of a mount assembly having another attachment feature;
[00256] Figure 87 is a schematic of a plurality of plates and joining components of a mount assembly;
[00257] Figures 88-92 are schematics of another attachment feature of a plate of a mount assembly;
[00258] Figures 93-95 are schematics of assembling a mount assembly;
[00259] Figures 96-97 are schematics of a mount assembly having another attachment feature;
[00260] Figures 98-101 are schematics of attachment features of mount assemblies;
[00261] Figure 102 is a schematic of another plate of the mount assembly;
[00262] Figure 103 is a schematic of four plates of a mount assembly connected by joining components;
[00263] Figure 104 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly having recesses and through-holes;
[00264] Figure 105 is a schematic of plates of the mount assembly;
[00265] Figures 106-109 are schematics of mounting a mount assembly to a surface;
[00266] Figure 110 is a schematic of mounting a tile system to a mount assembly;
[00267] Figure 111 is a schematic of a wall for mounting the mount assembly;
[00268] Figure 112 is a flow chart depicting a method for assembling and using a tile system to cover a surface;
[00269] Figure 113 is a flow chart depicting a method for mounting a tile system to a surface using a mount assembly;
[00270] Figure 114 is a schematic of telegraphing on a floor when using roll-out vinyl;
[00271] Figure 115 is a schematic of a round object on a tile assembly;
[00272] Figure 116 is a schematic of a corner of a tile;
[00273] Figure 117 is a schematic of a tile assembly; and
[00274] Figure 118 is a schematic of an example embodiment of a tile assembly.
[00275] Figure 119 is a tile assembly partial view having a spacer in a tongue configuration;
[00276] Figure 120 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly having a groove configuration on a first edge and a spacer in a tongue configuration on a second edge;
[00277] Figure 121 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly with a spacer in a tongue configuration and magnetic attachment components mounted on the spacer adjacent to the tongue;
[00278] Figure 122 is a partial perspective view of a tile assembly with a spacer in a tongue configuration and magnetic attachment components mounted on the tile assembly and housed by the tongue;
[00279] Figures 123 to 124 are isolated perspective views of a spacer having magnetic attachment components for mounting on the spacer to a face of the tile;
[00280] Figure 125 is a partial top perspective view of a tile with a spacer in a groove configuration and magnetic attachment component recessed in the groove;
[00281] FIG. 126A is perspective view of a tile assembly.
[00282] FIG. 126B is an expanded view of the tile assembly shown in FIG. 1 A.
[00283] FIG. 126C is an expanded view of the tile assembly shown in FIGS. 1A and 1 B but including a magnetic element.
[00284] FIG. 127A is a perspective view of the connector from FIGS. 1A-1C, shown in isolation.
[00285] FIG. 127B is an expanded view of the connector shown in FIG. 2A.
[00286] FIG. 128 is a perspective view of a tool for removing a tile assembly from the tile system.
[00287] FIG. 129 is a flow chart illustrating a method for manufacturing tiles having grout connectors fastened thereto.
[00288] FIG. 130 depicts a system for carrying out the method shown in FIG. 129.
[00289] FIG. 131 depicts a frame configured to receive a grout connector after its manufacture.
[00290] FIG. 132 depicts the frame of FIG. 131 and a stack thereof.
[00291] FIG. 133 illustrates an exemplary process of ejection of the grout connector from the frame shown in FIGS. 131 and 132 onto a tile.
[00292] FIG. 134 illustrates a stack of magnets for use in the manufacturing process described in FIG. 129.
[00293] FIGS 135 is closer view of the system shown in FIG. 130, showing components for managing the magnets for installation onto a tile.
[00294] FIG. 136 illustrates a perspective view of the system shown in FIG. 130.
[00295] FIG. 137 illustrates top and expanded views of a grout connector carrier/frame.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[00296] A tile assembly and a tile system are disclosed. The tile assembly may comprise a first tile. The bottom surface of the tile may be joined with a stabilizer for laying the tile assembly on a floor. The tile assembly may comprise connectors having attachment features on at least a portion of one or more sides of the tile. The attachment features may be integrally formed with the stabilizer or may be separately joined to the tile. The attachment features may be complementary to one another, such that tile assemblies may be joined together to form a tile system. A spacer assembly 11906 (see Figure 119) may be integral with, additional to, separate from, or independent of the attachment feature (e.g., attachment feature 706) to space apart any magnetic attachment elements 11980 contained in the tile assembly from magnetic
attachment elements contained in adjacent tile assemblies in the tile system. The tile system may comprise two or more tiles, including a stabilizer (such as fibreglass or other suitable material) between the two tiles. The tile system may be used to cover a surface, such as a floor. The tile system may be laid down on the floor (or onto some other surface or substrate) without the need to use mortar to join the tile system to the floor. The tile attachment components may be made from an elastomeric material and may be configured to maintain a gap between complementary magnetic elements when the first and second tile assemblies are connected. Accordingly, the tile system may “free float” and self-level when installed on a somewhat horizontal surface such as a floor. Further, the tile system may be mounted to a wall or ceiling to at least partially cover the wall or ceiling. A mount assembly comprising plates and discs may be mounted to a surface, such as the wall, such that the tile system may be mounted to the mount assembly to cover the surface. The tile assembly may be used as a subsurface or as a surface.
[00297] The range of magnetic materials which may constitute the magnetic attachment elements may include, ferromagnetic materials, rare-earth metals, composites, and magnetic metallic elements.
[00298] An embodiment comprises magnetic attachment elements derived from, in whole or in part, of the rare-earth material neodymium which can have a strong magnetic force and may be suitable for securely fixing tile assemblies 100 relative to each other on a substrate.
Other magnets that are entirely, partially or that do not include, neodymium may be employed in embodiments of the invention. While the magnets described herein are typically not made of pure neodymium (though they may be). Magnets used in embodiments may be of the general formula Nd2Fe14B (e.g., including an amalgam, compound or molecule having some combination of neodymium, iron, boron). As noted, other types of magnets such as ferromagnets may be used in some embodiments.
[00299] Alternatively, one or more magnets (such as magnets 11980) on one or more sides of a tile assembly could attach to iron, steel, or some other magnetically attractive material, on a corresponding tile assembly. Furthermore, embodiments may include one or more magnets and one or more pieces of magnetically attractive material on one tile assembly for attraction to corresponding one or more magnets and/or pieces of magnetically attractive material on another tile assembly.
[00300] FIGS. 126A-126C illustrate a tile assembly 20000 comprising a tile 20006 having a grout connector 20008 (which is a prefabricated grout and may be referred to as “connector” herein) disposed therearound. The tile 20006 may be formed from one or more tiles, or layers (not shown). The layers can be decorative or non-decorative. The tile 20006 may have a thickness of, for example, from about 7.5mm to about 8.5mm. The connector 20008, shown in isolation in FIGS. 127A-127B, may be attached to the tile 20006 by, for example, an adhesive. The connector 20008 may include one or more tongue attachment features (20010, 20012) and one or more complementary groove attachment features (20011). Such attachment features may extend partially or completely along the length of each side the connector 20008. The connector may have a plurality of recesses 20004 defined therein for receiving one or more magnetic elements 20010 (FIG. 1C) such that the magnetic elements 20010 can be directly attached to the side faces of the tile 20006 and/or to the connector 20008, such as by an adhesive. The magnetic elements 20010 in combination with the attachment features (20010,20011 ,20012) may permit a detachable connection between the tile assembly 20002 and one or more other tile assemblies (not shown). The detachable connection may be maintained by a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the tile assemblies toward one another. In some embodiments, the connector 20008 does not include attachment features, and only includes magnetic elements 20010. In such embodiments, the side faces of the tiles and/or the connector 20008 of each tile assembly may simply abut side faces and/or connectors of adjacent tile assemblies such that the tile assemblies are held together by a detachable connection maintained by at least a magnetic force. While many embodiments discussed herein describe stacking a first tile on a second tile with a bonding layer disposed therebetween, it will be understood the principles described herein with respect to detachable attachment of the tile assemblies may apply to tile assemblies with one or more tiles and with or without stabilizing layers.
[00301] The connector 20008 or at least its attachment features may be made from an elastic material to minimize and preferably eliminate gaps between adjacent connectors when the tile assemblies are installed. The detachable connection may thus be a water tight connection. The elastic material may be, for example, Avient Dynalloy™, Santoprene™ or may be selected from other suitable thermoplastic elastomers. In a preferred embodiment, the connector may be configured to maintain a gap (not shown) between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies. The gap may be from, for example, from about 0.4mm to about 0.8mm. Such gap may enable a degree of conformation of the tile system to the floor on
which it is installed, particularly when the floor has imperfections/irregularities. This may reduce or obviate the need for a sub-floor or a leveller as required when installing prior tile systems.
The ability of the tile system to conform may also reduce or avoid the need for expansion joints between tiles when they would otherwise be required. Further, the gap between the assemblies may facilitate removal of a broken installed tile. In some embodiments, a gap may not be provided (i.e. , the complementary magnetics may touch one another).
[00302] In some embodiments, the assembly may include at least one multi-pole magnet (e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets) on each side of the tile to encourage self-alignment. In other embodiments, standard (north/south) magnets may be used. In some embodiments, complementary magnetic elements may be complementary pairs of a suitable metal (e.g., steel) and a magnet.
[00303] In some embodiments, the magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets. Such magnets may be, for example, nickel plated or epoxy plated. In one example implementations, the magnets are about 48mm +/- 0.2 mm (length) x 4mm +/- 0.1 mm (height) x 1.2mm +/- 0.1 mm (width). Such magnet dimensions permit a relatively thin grout connector, i.e., about 3mm +/-0.2 mm which may improve aesthetic appeal, while permitting a space between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies to facilitate disassembly and/or to permit thermal expansion of the tile assemblies.
[00304] The grout connector may be treated with plasma light, corona light, or other suitable roughening techniques to encourage an additional level of adherence between the connector and tile. The grout connector may include small holes to increase adhesion when using an adhesive to bond the connector to the tile.
[00305] In one aspect, the tile assembly may be assembled by: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
[00306] In another aspect, provided is a tool 20015 (FIG. 128) for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles, the tool comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at
least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles. If the tile to be detached is broken, a nonporous plastic sheet with an adhesive on one side may be applied to the outer surface of the tile and the suction cup may then engage the sheet to remove the tile.
[00307] The tool 20015 may include a centering element 20024 including suction cups and rods, and may be operated manually by a drive wheel 20018 to remove a tile. The tool 20015 may include a support assembly comprising a frame 20020 which is depicted as a sole bar, but may include more than one support bars, for example, in a cross or another configuration. The frame 20020 may include or be supported by mounts 20016. The tool 20015 may be used to replace a broken tile by first placing and centering the tool 20015 on the tile to be replaced. Next, suction cups (not clearly shown) may engage the tile, and the wheel 20018 may be turned to lift the tile to be replaced. The neighboring tiles may be partially lifted, or may stay on the floor. Once the tile to be replaced is disengaged from the surrounding tiles, and a new tile can be engaged by the centering element. This tile may then be replaced by being lowered into engagement with the aforementioned neighboring tiles.
[00308] Turning to FIG. 129, described are the steps for manufacturing a grout connector such as grout connector 20008. The order of the pre-mounting connector to tile and premounting magnets to tile may be reversed. FIG. 130 illustrates a system for carrying out the manufacturing process described in FIG. 129. A dual cure adhesive (e.g., having a UV curable glue and a moisture curable glue) may be used in the process such that the connector 20008 can move initially for placement of the connector 20008 on the tile. In some embodiments, magnets may not protrude downwardly from the tiles to which they are attached. By the dual cure system, UV light may be applied from below the tile to selectively cure the UV glue. This may prevent or minimize leakage of adhesive which could cause sticking between finished tiles (see finished tile stack). The moisture curing glue may cure over time, e.g., while the tiles rest in the stack, to ensure adhesion between connector and tile in areas where UV light cannot reach.
[00309] Frames 20030 (FIGS. 131 and 132), also referred to herein as grout connector carriers, may be used in the manufacture of the grout connectors 20008. For example, after the grout connector 20008 is injection moulded, it may be ejected onto and surround a frame 20030 which may optionally include a mechanism (20032) to compensate for shrinkage of the grout
connector 20008 as it cools. Such mechanism 20032 may be, for example, a spring. The frame 20030 and grout connector 20008 may be stacked, which may be facilitated by protrusions 20031 and complementary holes 20037 on opposite sides of the frames. Such a protrusion is shown in the expanded view in FIG. 132, and the hole 20037 is shown in the expanded view in FIG. 137.
[00310] Turning to FIG. 133, the frame 20030 and grout connector 20008 may then be picked up, such as, for example, by a robot, and placed above a fresh tile 20006. As shown, the grout connector 20008 may be ejected, by an ejection tool or component thereof 20040, from the frame 20030 onto and around the tile 20006. Optionally, to facilitate mounting of the connector 20008 onto the tile 2006, the ejection tool 20040 may first expand (not shown) the frame 20030 such that the inner dimensions of the grout connector 20008 are larger than the outer dimensions of the tile 20006. The locator holes 20033 in the frame 20030 may be used by, e.g., a robot (though this and the following steps could be done manually by a human using an appropriate tool) to grab the to grab the holes 20033 to compress the compression joints in order to be able to release the grout connector (GC) easily, i.e. , the robot will be able to pull the holes towards each other in order to make the frame smaller and hence the GC will come of the grout connector carrier (GCC)Zframe. The reverse may be done when taking the part from the tool, e.g., to make the GCC smaller, position it in the tool, then the GC is ejected onto the GCC, and the robot can increase the distance between the holes to make sure the GC is tight on the GCC. The dimensions of the frame 20030 shown in FIG. 137 are one example embodiment of a carrier for a grout connector sized for a tile that may be, e.g., 600mm by 300mm. The frame and grout connector may be sized according to any other tile dimension.
[00311] In the manufacturing process, the magnets may be provided in a stack 20050 (FIG. 135). Thus, a magnet separator 20060 may be used to separate the magnet stack 20050 so as to connect individual magnets to the tile. A rotary lever 20062 may be used to apply the magnets dispensed by the separator 20060 to the tile once the tile is in place (see FIG. 136). The magnet separator 20060 may include a suitable dispensing mechanism, such as a pneumatic dispenser.
[00312] With respect to FIGS. 135 and 136, the separator 20060 may be positioned above a transport element 20062 which may be moved until the rectangular hole 20064 (shown in FIG. 153 as empty and positioned away from the element 20062) in the transport element
20062 sits underneath the separator 20060. When the hole 20064 is positioned beneath the separator 20060, the separator 20060 may dispense a magnet to be moved back away from the separator, toward a “left” position (with respect to the orientation of FIG. 135). Once the element 20062 has moved the rectangular hole 20064 to a leftmost position (not shown in this illustration), the magnet will drop down to the magnet applicator 20065, where the magnet is held in place, optionally by magnetic force. The applicator 20065 may then be moved by 90 degrees around the horizontal axle and apply the magnet to the tile. The tile holder 20067 may hold an individual tile in place and may include recesses for firmly holding the tile in place. A tile positioned to have magnets applied thereto is shown in the upper position in FIG. 136. The tool 20062 may be used to move the tile to a lower position (where a tile having magnets attached thereto is shown), to be conveyed by a conveyor 20068 to a finished tile stack 21100.
[00313] FIG. 137 illustrates top and expanded views of the grout connector carrier, or frame 20030 shown in FIG. 131 . The frame 20030 may be configured to have a grout connector (stretchable attachment feature, e.g., made from a polymeric material) attached thereon. The frame 20030 may have, for example, four sides (but could have more depending on the shape of the tile used), each of the sides including a compressible joint 20032 permitting a reduction in length of each side of the frame in response to an applied force, so as to facilitate placement of the polymeric attachment feature therearound when the compressible joint is at least partially compressed, the frame having a maximum width and length larger than a width and length of the polymeric attachment feature.
[00314] In some embodiments, in lieu of gaps or of assemblies configured such that complimentary magnetics touch one another when the system is assembled, a spacer 11906 assembly may be included with the tile system to allow for tile covering systems to be readily dismantleable, particularly in embodiments having strong magnetic attachment elements 11980 such as neodymium elements (FIG. 107). The spacer 11906 which may also serve as a retainer for magnetic attachment elements 11980, may permit adequate spacing of coupled magnetic attachment elements 11980, such that the magnetic force between them is maintained, but remains less than the force required to move the magnetic attachment components 11980, relative to their respective tile assemblies. Such spacing may facilitate dismantling an installed floor covering, including in an embodiment, non-destructive dismantling, which may be conveniently completed manually, and without tools, in some embodiments.
[00315] For example, if the magnetic force between magnetic attachment elements 11980, is greater than the threshold retention connection between a magnetic attachment element 11980 and its associated tile assembly 100, then the magnetic attachment element 11980 may become detached or dislodged from its associated tile assembly 100 while maintaining the magnetic connection to an associated magnetic attachment element of an adjacent tile assembly. Accordingly, a suitably dimensioned spacer 11906 (which may also house or maintain a magnetic attachment element 11980) may be employed to increase the separation of associated magnetic elements. Such separation between magnetic elements is maintained so that such magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be separated by a force that is less than a value of the force required to dislodge such magnetic elements from their respective tile assemblies. If such separation is not maintained, then it is possible that when connected tile assemblies 100 are connected and later separated, the force required for separation could dislodge or break a magnetic attachment element 11980 from its associated tile assembly 100 (and possibly undesirably retain a magnetic connection to an associated magnetic attachment element from which separation is desired in order to separate adjacent tile assemblies). If the separation force of two magnetic attachment elements 11980 is greater, as described above, then at least one of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and an attached tile assembly 100 may break because the force required for such breakage is less than the force between the two magnetic elements 11980 being separated.
[00316] Where the spacer 11906 serves a retainer function to retain the magnetic attachment elements 11980, the spacer 11906 may cover the magnetic attachment element 11980 completely or cover only a portion, for example, on the periphery, on the corners, in the middle.
[00317] In embodiments without spacers 11906 where possible, the strong magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be embedded or otherwise fixed within the tile assemblies 100 (either adjacent an edge of the tile assembly, or distanced from an edge if sufficient magnetic attraction to an adjacent tile is present) such that the tile itself serves a spacing function in conjunction with adjacent tiles having complementary magnetic attachment elements (e.g., of opposite polarity). This embodiment may include a magnetic element formed or molded into, for example, ceramic or porcelain tiles. In the cases of natural or other manufactured material such as stone, granite, quartz or marble, a cavity may be drilled, cut, ground or otherwise created (preferably in the substrate-facing face of a tile or decorative covering) and a magnetic
attachment element 11980 inserted and retained therein (e.g., by adhesive, friction, or placement).
[00318] In some embodiments, tiles can be staggered at midpoint or at 1/3 of the length of a side of the tiles to allow for visually different look of the completed installation. In some embodiments, the tile assemblies, and particularly the grout connectors, may be configured so as to permit a gap between magnets of adjacent tile assemblies. Configuring the tile assemblies to prevent the magnets from touching may facilitate disconnection of systems of tile assemblies as it can be difficult to disconnect physically mated magnets from one another. In some embodiments, the grout connector may be directly ejected onto the grout connector carrier (GCC) to hold its shape for attaching to tile later. The GCC may be a reusable device that may be injection-moulded, milled or 3D printed. As indicated, The purpose of the GCC is to hold the grout connector “in shape” prior to being added to tile assembly; compensate for shrinkage of grout connector after ejection from injection moulding machine; and to store the part (without tangling) and then transfer it for attachment to the tile assembly. The GCC may be stackable and reusable.
[00319] A magnetic attachment component may be mounted to a tile assembly by an adhesive, glue, mechanical connection (e.g., threaded screw or clip), or other bonding or connection feature. As noted, the magnetic attachment component may instead not be mounted directly to the assembly and may instead be retained by a holder or retainer to inhibit movement of the magnetic attachment component relative to its associated tile assembly when in use.
[00320] It is noted that the embodiments of the invention may be employed with other types decorative coverings which may be attached or mounted to one another by means of one or more spaced magnetic elements (e.g., carpeting, vinyl, wood, glass). Embodiments may include single tiles or two or more stacked tiles or other surface covering elements.
[00321] Alternatively, or additionally, the spacer 11906 may fit adjacent tile assemblies to form a partial seal or waterproof seal, for instance, by tongue and groove or click and lock connection.
[00322] The spacer 11906 may alternatively or additionally perform as a grout to visually close and/or functionally seal the space between adjacent tile assemblies.
[00323] The spacer may be formed to resemble traditional grout in appearance (e.g. colour, texture, resilience etc.), while additionally retaining one or more magnetic elements in place.
[00324] The attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 (and other embodiments described herein) may be manufactured by a variety of methods, including moulding, 3D printing, extrusion, welding, milling, melting or machining. It may be made from, in whole or in part by polymers such as polyethylene, HDPE, LDPE, polypropylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, acrylonitrile styrene acrylate, a thermoplastic elastomer, TPE (Thermo Plastic Elastomer) or silicone, and may be filled or unfilled.
[00325] The attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be shaped to match a tile 102, tile assembly 100 or tile assemblies with which it is coupled. In some instances, the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be fit along a single edge, or a portion of an edge, of a tile or tile assembly. In other instances, the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may frame the entire perimeter or circumference of polygonal or round tiles or tile assemblies.
[00326] The attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908 (see Figure 119) when used as a spacer), may be sufficiently thick to cause an at least 0.2 mm distance between attachment features of adjacent tile assemblies (i.e., between corresponding magnets 11980), to reduce the magnetic attraction therebetween for nondestructive disassembly of associated tile assemblies, as well as to permit thermal expansion of the tile assemblies while reducing or avoiding damage to the tiles. For attachment features having less magnetic resistance, narrower spacing may be suitable. Narrower spacing may also be suitable if the assemblies are to be installed in an environment with a consistently stable temperature. For attachment features/magnets including greater magnetic resistance and/or for tile assemblies to be installed in environments with expected temperature fluctuations, broader spacing may be required (e.g., .02 to 20mm or more; 0.2 mm to 10mm; 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm; or 0.5 to 0.7 mm).
[00327] Spacing between adjacent magnetic attachment features 11980 need not be uniform. For example, a ramp shaped spacer 11906 (or retainer 11908) may be employed to reduce the magnetic attraction of adjacent magnetic attachment features 11980 and complementary magnetic attachment features. Other shapes and configurations may also be
used, including but not limited to regular geometric shapes, irregular shapes, patterns (e.g. sawtooth), and irregular patterns. It is also possible to employ single or multiple intermittent spacers (not shown) along at least one edge of tile 102, provided that the requisite reduction in magnetic attraction is achieved to limit damage and/or undesired separation of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and its associated tile assembly 100.
[00328] The spacer need not be directly attached to or adjacent a magnetic attachment feature 11980. For example, a single spacer in the nature of a protrusion mounted adjacent a distal edge or corner of a decorative covering (or tile) may serve to maintain a desired separation of magnetic attachment elements 11980. If a relatively consistent spacing between adjacent decorative coverings is desired, then a second similar spacer may be employed along the same edge to achieve a preferred spacing (e.g., between 0.05 mm and 2.5 mm).
[00329] Two or more distributed spacers may also be employed either on the same decorative covering, or distributed between facing edges of multiple decorative coverings. Alternatively (or additionally), similar (or different) spacers may be used on the same or an adjacent tile 102 to maintain the desired separation of magnetic attachment elements 11980.
[00330] The attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 can additionally serve to reduce or minimize lippage as such feature may restrict bowing of the tiles and tile assemblies by holding the form of the tile or tile assembly. This may permit installed assemblies to free float to some degree over substrates, even when such substrates are not level, are imperfect or otherwise uneven.
[00331] Figure 1 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100. The tile assembly 100 comprises a tile 102 and a stabilizer 104. As depicted in Figure 1 , the stabilizer 104 is joined to a bottom surface of the tile 102, such that the top surface is exposed when installed on a surface, such as a floor or a wall. The stabilizer 104 may be joined to the tile 102 using moulding (e.g. injection moulding), welding (e.g. press welding, ultrasonic welding, vibration welding, contact welding), adhesive, and the like. When laid on the floor, the stabilizer 104 of the tile assembly 100 may contact one or more points of the floor.
[00332] The tile assembly 100 may have different shapes. For example, the tile assembly 100 may be generally square in shape. As another example, the tile assembly 100
may be generally a circle, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, having one or more curves sides, and the like.
[00333] Based on the shape of the tile assembly 100, the tile 102 or stabilizer 104 may have a shape similar to the shape of the tile assembly 100. For example, where the tile assembly 100 has a generally square shape, the tile 102 or stabilizer 104 may also have a generally square shape. Where the tile 102 is not generally a square shape, the tile 102 may be joined to a stabilizer 104 having a generally square shape such that the tile assembly 100 has a generally square shape.
[00334] The tile 102 may be made of a variety of materials. For example, the tile 102 may be resilient flooring that may be made of marmoleum (sheet goods or modules), vinyl (sheet goods or modules), luxury vinyl tile (LVT; some LVT may have a textured surface and other LVT may have a smooth surface), or vinyl composite tile (VCT). As another example, the tile 102 may be made with narrow or wide width tufted carpet, painted or woven carpet, or carpet tile. The carpet materials may be glued down, double stitched, or pod and smooth out as appropriate. In some embodiments, the tile 102 may be Laminam ® tiles. As another example, the tile 102 may be a laminate tile, porcelain tile, ceramic tile, stone tile, marble tile, and the like.
[00335] The tile 102 of the tile assembly 100 may be previously cut, or the material for the tile 102 may be purchased to independently fabricate the tile 102 and independently cut the tile 102. The material of the tile (e.g. marble, porcelain, or ceramic in thin sheets) may be cut into thin sheets (veneer concept) and may be joined with the stabilizer 104.
[00336] An example size of the tile 102 may range from 3/8” x 3/8” to 24” x 48”, and may be larger or smaller. An example thickness of the tile 102 may range from 1/8” to 1/2”, and may be thicker or thinner. For example, the thickness of the tile 102 may be 2 mm - 4 mm. The size and thickness of the tile 102 may affect the amount of stress required to break the tile 102. The size and thickness of the tile 102 may be based on the manufacturing process used to make the tile assembly 100. For example, where injection moulding is used to manufacture the tile assembly 100 (e.g. join the tile 102 and the stabilizer 104), the size and thickness of the tile 102 may be such that the tile 102 does not break during the injection moulding process.
[00337] The tile assembly 100 may be used in commercial or residential markets. The type of materials used in the tile assembly 100 may be based on the particular market in which it is used.
[00338] In addition to being installed on the floor, the tile assembly 100 may be mounted to a wall using a mount assembly, which may comprise plates and discs, as described in greater detail herein. The tile assembly 100 may be designed to have a reduced weight if the tile assembly 100 is to be mounted on a surface off the floor, such as a wall.
[00339] In some embodiments, the surface of the tile 102 that may be visually seen or touched may have designs. For example, the surface of the tile 102 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
[00340] The stabilizer 104 may be joined to the back of the tile 102, such as by coinjection or a second process injection. The stabilizer 104 may have a bubble feature. This bubble feature may provide a water course or moisture course, assist with self-leveling of the tile assembly 100, may assist in ease of connecting a tile assembly 100 to another tile assembly 100, and may improve sound-proofing capabilities of the tile assembly 100. The stabilizer 104 or the bubble feature of the stabilizer 104 may be made from flexible or compressible polymer.
[00341] The stabilizer 104 may be molded, extruded, formed, and/or attached to the tile 102.
[00342] The stabilizer 104 may be manufactured using a variety of materials. The material of the stabilizer 104 may easily create a strong bond or indestructible bond, may not crack (e.g. a high dependability product polymer or crystalline product), and may be formed into shapes having detailed designs and dimensions (e.g. able to form a small recess at a surface of the tile to the top of the surface of the grout). The stabilizer 104 may be made of foam, or may be made of a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or fibre glass, or may be a metallic material, such as steel. Where the stabilizer 104 is made of a polymer, the polymer may be flexible and compressible. The stabilizer 104 may comprise an adhesive, such as glue, epoxy, polyester, polyurethane, silicone, cement, or the like, to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface, such as a wall. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may comprise loops for connecting with hooks of the mount assembly to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface, such
as a wall. In some embodiments, the stabilizer may be steel, aluminum, or a combination thereof.
[00343] The stabilizer 104 may be manufactured using moulding, 3D-printing, and the like.
[00344] Initial launches of the tile assembly 100 may be based on entire markets or partial markets when some F&Bs and life cycle costs advantages are more important to end user customers.
[00345] The tile assembly 100 may replace a portion of carpet tile market with the ability to deliver high performance atmospheric stability with new narrow and wide width carpet products. The stabilizer 104 may comprise loops for connecting with hooks to secure the tile assembly 100 to a surface having the hooks. It may be possible to add various and different features based on the materials used for the tile assembly 100 and the surface on which the tile assembly 100 is installed. It may be possible to add various features for specifically addressing certain specific products in all categories of products.
[00346] The tile assembly 100 may replace conventional tiles with “free float” narrow or wide width goods with strategic design for printed or tufted materials. The materials may be physically cut to order.
[00347] It some embodiments, it may be possible to replace a portion of carpet tile market with the ability to deliver high performance atmospheric stability with new narrow and wide width carpet products. It some embodiments, an improvement may be made to improve backing material for encapsulation and loop lamination and may initially use generation #2 improved plates and discs.
[00348] It some embodiments, it may be possible to use a new generation #2 plate and disc with improvements (e.g. reduce weight add filler) and obtain Class #1 and European equivalent to Class #1 . Where the tile 102 is carpet, a new generation #2 plate and disc may be used, with improvements i.e. reduce weight by design and obtain Class #2.
[00349] As depicted in Figure 1 , the edge of the stabilizer 104 may be generally flush with the edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may extend past the edge of the tile 102, as depicted in Figure 2.
[00350] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be a loop backing made of standard loop material. In some embodiments, an adhesive, such as a rubber adhesive, may join the stabilizer 104 to the tile 102. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be attached by hand.
[00351] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may comprise an attachment feature 106 that may be complementary to an attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100 for connecting the tile assembly 100 to the another tile assembly 100 to define a tile system. The connection between the tile assemblies 100 may be a mechanical connection. The attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly and the attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100 may together form a connector for connecting the tile assembly 100 to the another tile assembly 100.
[00352] The attachment feature 106 may allow for mechanical stability when a tile assembly 100 is connected to another tile assembly 100. The attachment feature 106 may bear a similar visual appearance to the grout of conventional tile installations. The attachment feature 106 may provide a degree of ingress protection to water.
[00353] The attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be dimensioned and designed such that the attachment feature 106 does not extend above the top surface of the tile assembly 100 (which may be defined by the top surface of the tile 102) or does not extend below the bottom surface of the tile assembly 100 (which may be defined by the bottom surface of the tile 102 or the stabilizer 104.
[00354] The attachment feature 106 may be water resistant. When the attachment feature 106 of a tile assembly 100 is connected to the attachment feature 106 of another tile assembly 100, the connector may be a watertight seal. In some embodiments, a rubber seal may be applied to the attachment feature 106 or the connector to form a watertight seal or improve water resistance of the attachment feature 106 or the connector. The material used for the attachment feature 106 may keep its shape such that the pressure generated between two tile assemblies 100 upon connection to each other may be maintained.
[00355] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be integrally formed with the stabilizer 104, as depicted in Figure 2 or Figure 3. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be separate from the stabilizer 104.
[00356] The attachment feature 106 may be manufactured using, for example, 3D printing or injection moulding, or another generative manufacturing method. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be injected moulded and then a routing process may be used to form the actual engagement/attachment feature.
[00357] The attachment feature 106 may be glued to the tile 102, may be moulded onto the tile 102, or bonded to the tile 102, such as to the edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be made of a magnetic material. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may include one or more magnets or magnetic elements which ensure a connection and/or supplement the resistive forces provided by a mechanical interconnection of two tiles 102.
[00358] The attachment feature 106 may be manufactured using a variety of materials that may be similar to the stabilizer 104. The material of the attachment feature 106 may easily create a strong bond or indestructible bond, may not crack (e.g. a high probability product polymer or crystalline product), and may be formed into shapes having detailed designs and dimensions (e.g. able to form a small recess at a surface of the tile to the top of the surface of the grout). The attachment feature 106 may be made of foam, or may be made of a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), magnetic material, or fibreglass, or may be a metallic material, such as steel. Where the attachment feature 106 is made of a polymer, the polymer may be flexible and compressible. The attachment feature 106 may comprise an adhesive to secure to the tile assembly 100.
[00359] In some embodiments, loops may be joined to the stabilizer 104 for mounting the tile assembly 100 to corresponding hooks on a surface, such as a mount assembly. In some embodiments, the loops may be adhered to the stabilizer 104, which may be made of foam. The stabilizer 104 may be connected to the tile 102 using an adhesive, and may be connected to the tile 102 by hand.
[00360] When designing the attachment feature 106 (e.g. its shape, dimensions, designs, appearance) or joining the attachment feature 106 to the tile 102, the tolerances of the tile 102 (e.g. length, width, angle defined between the length and width) may need to be considered. The cooling or shrinkage of the attachment feature 106 may need to be considered when designing the attachment feature 106 or joining the attachment feature to the tile 102.
[00361] The attachment feature 106 may have a variety of designs, such as shape, dimensions, designs, or appearance. The attachment feature 106 may be coloured. The attachment feature 106 may be treated to look like grout. The attachment feature 106 may have a recess for joining to the tile 102 or for joining with another attachment feature 106. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may comprise a corner or lip. The corner or lip may not be seen, and may help to adjust the shape of the tile assembly 100 and may be a new tolerance for the tile 102.
[00362] The attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 may be complementary to one other for connecting the tile assemblies 100. For example, as depicted in Figure 3, the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature 110. As another example, the attachment feature 106 may have a click-lock feature to lock with another attachment feature 106. The locking of the attachment features 106 may be indicated by a “click” sound. When the attachment features 106 are connected together, the seam defined between the attachment features 106 may be camouflaged. As depicted in FIG. 3, the tile 102 may be set into the stabilizer using, for example, adhesive. The setting of the tile 102 into the stabilizer 104 or grout feature may provide additional stability, such that the attachments between tiling assemblies 100 may stay relatively level even when on uneven surfaces or in the presence of a height difference between tiling assemblies 100.
[00363] The design of the attachment feature 106 may be such that large forces may not be required for connecting the tile assemblies 100 and to assemble the tile system, or no big holding forces may be necessary. Further, the attachment feature 106 may have a robust design so that the tile assembly 100 may be used in rough conditions, such as construction areas. The attachment feature 106 may be designed such that connected tile assemblies 100 may be disconnected or disassembled without damaging the tile assemblies 100 so the tile assemblies 100 may be reused again or several times.
[00364] In some embodiments, the length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be no greater than 3/8”, or no greater than 3/16”, thereby providing for an artificial grout. In some embodiments, the length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be 3/16”. The length of the attachment feature 106 extending from the edge of the tile 102 may be based on the location that the tile assembly 100 may be used. For example, the length of the tile attachment feature 106 may be such that typical
wheels (e.g. of a machine, a bicycle, stroller, etc.) may roll over the attachment feature 106 or high heels of a stiletto may step on the attachment feature 106, and the stress experienced by the attachment feature 106 may be such that the attachment feature 106 does not break or become damaged or cause the connected tile assemblies 100 to break or become damaged.
[00365] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be on all sides of the tile assembly 100. In some embodiments, opposite or adjacent sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the attachment feature 106. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have a click-lock feature. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have a tongue and groove feature.
[00366] In some embodiments, the tile 102 and the attachment feature 106 may be injection moulded together in one process. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the tile 102 on the bottom surface of the tile 102 and the edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the edge of the tile 102.
[00367] During the manufacturing process (e.g. injection moulding) of the tile assembly 100, the components of the tile assembly 100 (e.g. tile 102, stabilizer 104, attachment feature 106, etc.) should be able to withstand the stresses of the manufacturing process without damage, breaking, or failure. The tile assembly 100 should be able to withstand high impact and rolling loads when installed on the surface, such as the floor or wall.
[00368] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be injection moulded to the tile 102 against the bottom surface of the tile 102 and the edge of the tile with or without the stabilizer 104. For example, the tile 102 may be 2 mm, 4mm, or 8 mm thick.
[00369] During manufacturing of the stabilizer 104 or the attachment features 106, shrinkage or cooling factors may need to be considered, such that there may not be unwanted concave or convex issues.
[00370] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be joined to the tile 102 with one injection moulding process, or may use a secondary process to provide a realistic visual effect of grout. When the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 are joined together, the attachment features 106 may define a line on the top surfaces of the attachment
features 106. In some embodiments, the line may meet at one of the far edges where the tile assemblies 100 come together thereby hiding the potential for visual noticing of the grout line.
[00371] The top surface of the attachment feature 106 may have a micro feature to help create the look of conventional grout. The top surface of the attachment feature 106 may be recessed from the top surface of the tile 102. The attachment feature 106 (e.g. click-lock, tongue and groove) may lock tile assemblies 100 together sufficiently to perform under high stress and demanding conditions. The attachment feature 106 may be designed to allow tile assemblies 100 to be separated from each other without damaging the attachment feature in instances where the tile assembly 100 may be disengaged for replacement, repair, or cleaning. The material (e.g. polymer) used to create the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may be able to maintain integrity when they engage with other attachment features 106 and put under high stresses or rolling stresses.
[00372] If there is a void or dip in the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 or tile subsystem (or the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 or tile subsystem is generally uneven), the stress experienced by the tile assembly 100 from a particular force may be greater compared to when the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 is relatively even. The material used for the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may be such that the material maintains its integrity and not crack or be damaged if the floor beneath the tile assembly 100 or tile subsystem is uneven.
[00373] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may frame the tile 102. For example, where the tile 102 is a square, the attachment feature 106 may have four sides similar to the tile 102, and opposite or adjacent sides of the attachment feature 106 may have the connections for connecting with another tile assembly 100.
[00374] As depicted in Figure 2, the attachment feature 106 may be a generally flat surface. To join with another tile assembly 100, the attachment feature 106 may have an adhesive, a hook or loop, or another feature that may cooperate with the attachment feature 106 of the other tile assembly 100 to join the tile assemblies 100 together.
[00375] As depicted in Figure 3, the attachment features 106 of tile assemblies 100 may be complementary to one other for connecting the tile assemblies 100. For example, the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature
110. As depicted in Figure 3, on one end of the tile assembly 100 is the male attachment feature 108, and on the opposite end of the tile assembly 100 is the female attachment feature 110. In some embodiments, the male attachment feature 108 and female attachment feature 110 may be on adjacent sides of the tile assembly 100. The male attachment feature 108 of one tile assembly 100 may be received in the female attachment feature 110 of another tile assembly 100 to join the tile assemblies 100 together.
[00376] Figure 4 is a schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system 400a and a tile system 400b. Tile system 400a comprises two tile assemblies 100 having tiles 102 and stabilizers 104 joined together with attachment features 106. Tile system 400b is generally similar to tile system 400a, except that the tiles 102 of tile system 400a have no tapered edge, and the tiles 102 of the tile system 400b have tapered edges 408. Accordingly, the attachment features 106 may be designed such that it may adhere to the tapered edge 408. In some embodiments, attachment features 106 include magnetic elements which enhance the strength of connections between tile systems 400a, 400b. In any of the embodiments described herein, various attachments 106 and male 108 and female 110 connectors may be made entirely of magnetic materials, or include magnetic elements for enhancing the force of attraction between connected tile systems.
[00377] The attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be pre-fabricated and may be used with free-float installations of stabilized tiles 102. The attachment features 106 may be pre-attached in a factory or on site, or not attached to the tile 102 at all.
[00378] In some embodiments, the attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 100 may be a single piece separate from the tile assemblies 100 that joins tile assemblies 100 together. The attachment feature 106 may be designed and configured to contact the tile assemblies 100 and connect with the tile assemblies 100.
[00379] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be pre-fabricated. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be liquid or partly liquid and may be applied on site.
[00380] The stabilizer 104 may comprise a feature for mounting to a surface (e.g. hook or loop, or adhesive). The stabilizer 104 may be connected to a surface having the other of the
hook or loop, or may be joined to a surface by the adhesive. In some embodiments, the adhesive may be on the surface, and the tile assembly 100 may be joined to the surface.
[00381] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may not have a stabilizer 104. In some embodiments, stabilizer 104 may be present if required (e.g. if the surface on which the tile assembly 100 is installed is uneven).
[00382] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be embedded in the tile 102 (e.g. in the center of the tile 102). In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may be installed between two tiles 102.
[00383] In some embodiments, where the exist floor substrate is reasonably flat, it may be possible to use pre-fabricated attachment features 106, either pre-attached to the tile 102 or attached on site during installation, on at a least two sides of tile 102 to enable the tile assembly 100 to be installed without any attachment to the floor or existing substrate. In such embodiments, a resilient, sound proof, leveling layer could be used either separately or attached (e.g. as shown in FIG. 118).
[00384] FIG. 118 is an example embodiment of a tile assembly 11800. As depicted, tile assembly 11800 includes a first tile 11802a, a second tile 11802b separated by a stabilizing layer 11804, and an optional soundproofing layer 11850, all encased by attachment feature 11806. In some embodiments, first tile 11802a may have a decorative covering. In some embodiments, stabilizer 11804 may be a fibreglass layer, with adhesive on one or both sides for bonding to the tiles. In some embodiments, the soundproofing layer 11850 is made of cork or another material suitable for soundproofing. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 11806 has adhesive on an inner surface to bond with the other elements 11802a, 11802b, 11804, 11850. In some embodiments, the first tile 11802a, stabilizing layer 11804 and second tile 11802b may have a thickness, when stacked, of approximately 50-75mm. More particularly, the stacked thickness may be approximately 0.5-1 .0 inches. More particularly, the thickness may be approximately 5-7mm. In some embodiments, the stabilizing layer 11804 may be a compressible polymer, foam, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or a metallic material such as steel or aluminum.
[00385] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may be pre-applied on site and adhesively attached on site, could be pre-applied offsite or onsite, could be pre-fabricated on the tile 102, or could be joined with the tile 102 with pressure and without use of adhesive.
[00386] Figure 5 is another schematic of a cross-sectional view of a tile system 500. The tiles of the tile system 500 have tapered edges.
[00387] Figure 6 is a schematic of example edges of a tile 102 of a tile assembly 100. Different types of edges are possible. For example, as illustrated in Figure 6, tile 602a has a recess in its edge, tile 602b has a curved edge, tile 602c has a smaller recess in its edge, and tile 602d has a V-shape edge.
[00388] Figure 7 is a schematic of embodiments of an attachment feature 706 of the tile 102. For example, attachment feature 706a may be pre-fabricated and may be pre-attached to the tile 102. For example, attachment feature 706b may be pre-fabricated and may or may not have an adhesive layer for joining with the tile 102. For example, attachment feature 706c may have an adhesive layer on both sides to join with the tile 102 and with the attachment feature of another tile assembly 100.
[00389] Figure 8 is a schematic of an attachment feature 806 of the tile 102. In some embodiments, attachment feature 806a may be pre-fabricated and on all sides of the tile 102, either pre-attached or attached on site. As depicted, tile 102 is square, so each of the four sides of the tile has the attachment feature 806a. In some embodiments, attachment features 806b of tile assemblies 100 may define a seam 808 therebetween. The seam 808 may or may not have an adhesive for connecting the tile assemblies 100 together. In some embodiments, attachment feature 806c may be pre-fabricated and may have a hook and loop or adhesive to improve ease of installation and reduce possibility of capillary action upward. In some embodiments, attachment feature 806d may extend past the edge of the tile 102 to produce additional “pressure” for tightly joining the tile assemblies 100 or camouflaging the seam defined by the attachment features 106 of the tile assemblies 100.
[00390] The attachment feature 106 may be made of rigid or flexible material. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 106 may have some flexibility and/or resilience to allow for pressuring when one tile assembly 100 is installed side by side to another tile assembly 100.
Flexibility and/or resilience of the attachment feature 106 may also provide for some movement between tile assemblies 100 to absorb when installed.
[00391] In some embodiments, a slip sheet may be used to provide for the ability to pressure a tile 102 against a flexible pre-fabricated or moulded attachment feature 106. This may work with attachment features 106 of various shapes or designs.
[00392] Moulds of stabilizer 104 may be used for one or two step manufacturing of the tile assembly 100, and may be with or without attachment feature 106 on the mould.
[00393] In some embodiments, the surface of the attachment features 106 that may be visually seen or touched may have designs. For example, the surface of the attachment features 106 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
[00394] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be waterproof or may be applied with a material so it may be water proof. In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be installed on a wall, for example in a shower stall, to protect the wall from liquids.
[00395] Figure 9 is a schematic of an attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 100. The tile assembly 100 may have a tile 102, a stabilizer 104 (which may be made of a polymer such as PET), and an attachment feature 106. Two tile assemblies 100 may be connected together using attachment features 106 to be a tile system 900. As depicted in Figure 9, the attachment feature 106 may be a male attachment feature 108 or a female attachment feature 110. Some sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the male attachment feature 108, and other sides of the tile assembly 100 may have the female attachment feature 110. For example, as depicted in Figure 9, where the tile assembly 100 has four sides such as a square shape, the male attachment features 108 may be on adjacent sides and the female attachment features 110 may be on adjacent sides, or the side having the male attachment feature 108 opposes the side having the female attachment feature 110. Two tile assemblies 100 may be connected together, using a male attachment feature 108 and a female attachment feature 110, to form a tile assembly 900.
[00396] Figure 10 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature 108 and an example female attachment feature 110. As depicted in Figure 10, the male attachment feature 108 may have a protrusion with adjacent sides that are perpendicular. The male attachment
feature 108 may have a generally rectangular protrusion. Similarly, the female attachment feature 110 may have a recess with adjacent sides that are perpendicular. The female attachment feature 110 may have a generally rectangular recess. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 10, the attachment features 106 (e.g. male or female attachment feature 106 or 108) of the tile assembly 100 may extend along the entire side of the tile assembly 100. In some embodiments, the attachment features 106 (e.g. male or female attachment feature 106 or 108) may be only at certain positions of the side of the tile assembly 100. For example, the female attachment feature 110 may extend along an entire side of the tile assembly 100. As another example, the male attachment feature 108 may only be at one or more discrete positions of the side of the tile assembly 100.
[00397] Figure 11 is a schematic of an example male attachment feature 108 and an example female attachment feature 110 connected together.
[00398] Figure 12 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly 100. The tile assemblies 1200a and 1200b have click-lock attachment features 106. As depicted in Figure 12, a curved portion of an attachment feature 106 may be received in a curved portion of another attachment feature 106. The tile assembly 1200a or the tile assembly 1200b may have to be angled relative to the other to slide the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200b together for the attachment features 106 to connect. When the attachment features 106 connect, the tile assembly 1200a or the tile assembly 1200b may be lowered relative to the other. Upon lowering of the tile assembly 1200a or the tile assembly 1200b relative to the other, the click-lock attachment features 106 may engage. Their engagement may be indicated by a “click sound”. As depicted in Figure 12, the attachment features 106 of the tile assembly 1200a and 1200b may be joined at the edge of the tiles 102 of the tile assembly 1200a and 1200b.
[00399] As depicted in Figure 12A, the tile assemblies 1200c and 1200d have tongue and groove male and female attachment features 108 and 110. The male attachment feature 108 on tile assembly 1200d has a generally ground protrusion. Similarly, the female attachment feature 110 on tile assembly 1200c has a generally ground recess. The opening of the recess of the female attachment feature 110 may be smaller than the largest part of the male attachment feature 108. In some embodiments, the male attachment feature 108 may elastically deform when the male attachment feature 108 is being received in the female attachment feature 110. When the male attachment feature 108 is received in the female
attachment feature 110, the male attachment feature 108 may return to its original shape. This may increase the tightness of the connection between the male and female attachment features 108 and 110, and may require additional force to separate the tile assemblies 1200c and 1200d. As depicted in Figure 12, the attachment feature 110 of the tile assembly 1200c may be joined at the edge of the tile 102 and at the bottom of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200c. The attachment feature 108 of the tile assembly 1200d may be joined at the edge of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200d.
[00400] As depicted in Figure 12A, the attachment feature 106 of tile assembly 1200a and the attachment feature 110 of tile assembly 1200c may have an edge that extends from the tile assembly 1200a and tile assembly 1200c to tile assembly 1200b and tile assembly 1200d, respectively. In some embodiments, the edge of the attachment features 106 and 110 may abut the edge of the tile 102 of the tile assembly 1200b and tile assembly 1200d to hide or camouflage the attachment feature line or seam, which may provide a clean and aesthetically pleasing finish when the tile assemblies 1200a, 1200b, 1200c, or 1200d are installed on a surface.
[00401] As depicted in Figure 12A, there may be a routed recess 112 in the edge of the tiles 102 of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c. The recess 112 may be along one or more edges of the tiles of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c. The recess 112 may be along all edges of the tiles of the tile assemblies 1200a and 1200c. In some embodiments, the attachment feature attached to the edge of the tile 102 having the recess 112 may have a corresponding protrusion to be received in the recess 112 to connect the attachment feature to the tile 102. As depicted in Figure 12A, the attachment feature 106 of tile assembly 1200a and the attachment feature 110 of the attachment feature 1200c has such a protrusion received in the recess 112 of the tiles 102 of the tile assembly 1200a and the tile assembly 1200c.
[00402] In some embodiments, when the tile and the attachment feature of a tile assembly are joined together, there may be a recess 114 defined between the top surface of the tile and the top surface of the attachment feature. For example, as depicted in Figure 12 in tile assembly 1200a and tile assembly 1200c, the top surfaces of the tiles 102 and the top surfaces of the attachment features 106 and 110 define a recess 114. This may provide an appearance of conventional grout when the tile assemblies are installed on a surface. In some
embodiments, the recess may be camouflaged (e.g. by scoring) to achieve an appearance similar to that of conventional grout.
[00403] FIG. 12B is a schematic of an alternative embodiment of a tongue and groove attachment feature of a tile assembly, in accordance with some embodiments. In the example embodiment of FIG. 12B, the tongue and groove attachment feature includes magnetic elements. As depicted, the tongue is a continuous tongue which is interspersed with magnets 1280 and polymers 1281 along the length of the tongue to form a solid tongue. Likewise, the groove attachment includes complementary magnets 1282, which facilitate the creation of a solid and strong connection between the tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f. In some embodiments, the connection between tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f may be sufficiently strong to prevent vertical lift between tile assemblies 1200e, 1200f in situations where the substrate beneath the tiling system is uneven. In some embodiments, the magnetic elements may be 1 mm thick, 2- 3mm wide, and 10-20mm long and incrementally placed approximately every 3-4 inches. The foregoing dimensions represent merely an example embodiment, and that configurations with other dimensions are possible and contemplated herein. In particular, configurations may be chosen to meet whatever is required for a particular situation or layout.
[00404] Figure 13 is a schematic of another tongue and groove attachment feature of the tile assembly. The tile assembly 1300a has a female attachment feature 110, and the tile assembly 1300b has a male attachment feature 108. The male attachment feature 108 has a generally round protrusion, and the female attachment feature 110 has a generally round recess. The attachment features 108 and 110 may be designed so as to provide attachment sufficient to prevent disengagement during normal use, yet it may be possible to disengage the tile assemblies 1300a and 1300b by angular pressure without damaging the attachment features 108 and 110.
[00405] As depicted in Figure 13, as an example, the maximum length of the connector defined by the attachment features 108 to 110 may be 3/16”-3/8”.
[00406] Figure 14 and Figure 5 are schematics of another attachment feature of the tile assembly. As depicted in Figure 14, the tile assembly 1400a and the tile assembly 1400b has attachment features 106 that are complementary to each other. The attachment features 106 may have a click-lock feature. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 14, the attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 1400a may comprise a flange or lip 116 so as to maintain
pressure and create a water seal or increase water resistance of the connection between the attachment features 106. The attachment feature 106 of the tile assembly 1400b may have a channel 118 for receiving the flange or lip 116.
[00407] Figure 16 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly. The attachment features 106 of tile assemblies may be complementary and cooperatively configured to connect tile assemblies together to form a tile system. In some embodiments, an adhesive 120 may be used between the attachment features 106 to promote connection of the tile assemblies.
[00408] In some embodiments, the attachment features 106 may have flanges 1600. The flange 1600 of one attachment feature 106 may engage with the flange 1600 of another attachment feature 106 to promote connection of the tile assemblies. The flanges may be received in recesses 1602 defined in the attachment features 106.
[00409] Figure 17 is a schematic of other example attachment features of the tile assembly. As depicted in Figure 17, attachment features 1706a and 1706b each have protrusions, and recesses for receiving the protrusions of the other. As depicted, the protrusion of attachment feature 1706a is below the protrusion of attachment feature 1706b, and the recess of attachment feature 1706a is above the recess of attachment feature 1706b.
[00410] As depicted in Figure 17, attachment features 1706c and 1706d may be generally similar to attachment features 1706a and 1706b, except the attachment features 1706c and 1706d further comprise a hook and loop or pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) for connecting attachment features 1706c and 1706d together. One of attachment features 1706c and 1706d may have the hook or loop or PSA, and the other one of attachment features 1706c and 1706d may have the corresponding hook or loop or PSA. In some embodiments, the hook and loop or PSA for connecting attachment features may include one or more magnetic elements. In some embodiments, the hook and loop may be made entirely of magnetic elements. In some embodiments, magnetic elements may be interspersed in the hook and loop together with other materials. The magnetic elements may be arranged so as to provide complementary magnets to generate an attractive force between the hook and loop.
[00411]
[00412] As depicted in Figure 17, attachment features 1706e and 1706f may be beveled, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to promote connecting the attachment features 1706e and 1706f together.
[00413] Figure 18 is a schematic of another attachment feature of the tile assembly. The attachment features 106 depicted in Figure 18 may be made of polymer, and may have a “clicklock” feature. As depicted in Figure 18, the attachment features 106 may be integrally formed with the stabilizer 104. The stabilizer 104 and the attachment features 106 may be joined to the tiles 102. In some embodiments, the thickness of the stabilizer 104 may be less than 1/32” or may be greater than 1/32”. In some embodiments, the thickness of the stabilizer 104 may be from 1/8” to In some embodiments, the thickness of the tile 102 may be approximately 2 mm. In some embodiments, the thickness of the tile 102 may be greater than 2 mm, such as approximately 4 mm. In some embodiments, all bonds between the tile 102 and the stabilizer 104 and/or attachment feature 106 may be strong, and may keep the tile assemblies connected together when forces are applied on the tile assemblies.
[00414] In some embodiments, it may be desirable to eliminate or reduce the visible line where the attachment features 106 come together on the top surface of the connector or grout surface.
[00415] Figure 19 is a schematic of three example attachment features of the tile assembly. The attachment features 106 depicted in Figure 19 may be cooperative male and female attachment features 108 and 110. The male attachment feature 108 may have a bulbous protrusion, and the female attachment feature 110 may have a similarly shaped recess for receiving the male attachment feature 108. As depicted in Figure 19, it may be possible at the entire attachment features 108 and 110 may be contained within the side or edge of the tile 102, such that the attachment features 108 or 110 do not extend beyond the top or bottom surface of the tile 102. In some embodiments, the attachment features 108 and 110 may not be injection moulded to the tile 102.
[00416] Figure 20 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b connected together with attachment features. Figure 20 depicts complementary attachment features 108 and 110. The attachment features 108 and 110 may have a click-lock feature. The attachment feature 108 may have a ridge received in a corresponding channel of the attachment feature 110. As depicted in Figure 20, the attachment features 108 and 110 may only be at one part of
the edge of the tile 102, rather than extend along the entire edge of the tile 102. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 20, the attachment features 108 and 110 may be connected to the edge of the tile 102 and the bottom of the tile 102, and may be separate from the stabilizer 104, which may also be connected to the bottom of the tile 102.
[00417] Figure 21 is a schematic of the attachment feature 108 of Figure 20.
[00418] Figure 22 is a schematic of the attachment features 108 and 110 connecting two tile assemblies 100a and 100b together. As depicted, a wheel is rolling over the connector defined by the attachment features 108 and 110. In some embodiments, the connection of the attachment features 108 and 110 may be able to remain connected and maintain connection of the tile assemblies when a rolling load or rolling stress is applied.
[00419] Figure 23 is a schematic of a tile system 2350 formed from four tile assemblies 100a-100d. As depicted, the attachment features 106 may extend along the entire edges of the tile assemblies.
[00420] Figure 24 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b joined together with attachment features 106.
[00421] Figure 25 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 25, the attachment feature 106 may comprise a rib 2502 to promote connecting with a corresponding attachment feature 106 on another tile assembly.
[00422] Figure 26 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 26, the attachment feature 106 may comprise a slot 2602 to promote connecting with a corresponding attachment feature 106 on another tile assembly.
[00423] Figure 27 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100.
[00424] Figure 28 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 having a male attachment feature 108 that is connected with a female attachment feature 110. As depicted in Figure 28, the male attachment feature 108 has a bulbous protrusion that may be generally round, and may have chamfered or bevelled sides for fitting into a recess of the female attachment feature 110 having a generally similar shape.
[00425] As depicted in Figure 28, in some embodiments, one of the attachment features may extend along an entire side or a portion of an entire side of a tile, and the other of the attachment features may be at discrete positions along the side of the tile. For example, the female attachment feature 110 depicted in Figure 28 may be at discrete positions along a side of a tile. There may be one or more such female attachment features 110 along a side of the tile. These female attachment features 110 may not be connected or joined together, and the male attachment feature 110 depicted in Figure 28 may extend along a side or a portion of a side of a tile 102. Accordingly, when connecting two tile assemblies together, there may be a male attachment feature 108 for attaching with the one or more female attachment features 110 even if the tile assemblies are not perfectly aligned with each other during installation, which may promote connection of the two tile assemblies and ease of use of the tile assemblies.
[00426] Figure 29 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 100a and 100b connected together by male attachment feature 108 and female attachment feature 110 to form a tile system 2950.
[00427] Figures 30-34 depict the tile assemblies 100a and 100b of Figure 29 separated from each other. As depicted in Figures 30-34, the male attachment feature 108 may have a ridge, lip, or tongue, on a protrusion that may be received in a slot or channel of the female attachment feature 110. The protrusion of the male attachment feature 108 may be received in a recess of the female attachment feature 110 having a similar shape as the protrusion. The top surface of the female attachment feature 110 way extend from tile assembly 100a to tile assembly 100b such that the leading edge of the female attachment feature 110 is proximate to the tile assembly 100b to camouflage or hide this leading edge. As depicted, the top surface of the female attachment feature 110 is below the top surfaces of the tiles of tile assembly 100a and tile assembly 100b, such that the connector or grout formed between the tile assemblies 100a and 100b may have a recessed appearance. As depicted, the tile assemblies 100a and 100b have discrete male and female attachment features 108 and 110 that do not extend along an entire side of the tile. Rather, there may be one or more than one male and female attachment features 108 and 110 for connecting the two tile assemblies 100a and 100b.
[00428] Figure 35 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly 100a to other tile assembles 100b and 100c to form a tile system 3500. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 35, the edge of tile assembly 100a facing tile assembly 100b may comprise an attachment feature 106a
that may be a tongue or a groove corresponding to the attachment feature on tile assembly 100b facing tile assembly 100a, and the edge of tile assembly 100a facing tile assembly 100c may comprise an attachment feature 106b that may have a click-lock feature corresponding to the attachment feature on tile assembly 100c facing tile assembly 100a.
[00429] To connect the tile assembly 100a to the assemblies 100b and 100c, in some embodiments, the tile assembly 100a may first be connected to tile assembly 100c by angling the tile assembly 100a relative to the tile assembly 100c and connecting the attachment feature 106b to the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100c. After the attachment feature 106b of tile assembly 100a connects with the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100c, the tile assembly 100a may be lowered to be generally level with the tile assembly 100c. Then, the tile assembly 100a may be moved towards tile assembly 100b, while maintaining connection with tile assembly 100c. Then, the attachment feature 106a may connect the tile assembly 100a to tile assembly 100b by connecting with the corresponding attachment feature of tile assembly 100b. In some embodiments, tile assembly 100a may not be directly connected to tile assembly 100d, but tile assembly 100d may be connected to tile assemblies 100b and 100c. With the tile assemblies connected together, the tile assemblies may form a tile system 3500.
[00430] Figure 36 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly 100 to another tile assembly to form a tile system 3600. Figure 36 depicts an example sequence of attachment of down and left to assemble the tile system 3600. A tile assembly 100 may be moved generally downward until it connects with another tile assembly, and then moved to the left until it connects with another tile assembly. When the tile assembly 100 is connected to two tile assemblies, the tile assembly 100 is secured as part of the tile system 3600. In some embodiments, sequence of attachment may be down and right, left and down, right and down, up and left, up and right, left and up, and right and up. The configuration and positioning of the attachment features of the tile assemblies of the tile system may correspond to the sequence of attachment to assemble the tile system.
[00431] As depicted in Figure 36, the tile assembly 100 may comprise a male attachment feature 108 on the top and right edges and a female attachment feature on the left and bottom edges. In some embodiments, the male attachment feature 108 may be on opposing edges or the female attachment feature 110 may be on opposing edges. In some embodiments, more
edges of the tile assembly 100 may have one kind of attachment feature, and fewer edges may have another kind of attachment feature.
[00432] Figure 37 is a schematic of attaching a tile assembly to another tile assembly to form a tile system 3700. As depicted in Figure 37, the tile system 3700 has 9 tile assemblies 100. In some embodiments, the tile assembly of the tile system 3700 may be tile assembly 100a. Tile assembly 100a may have attachment features 106a and 106c that may have a clicklock feature, and may have attachment features 106b and 106d that may have a tongue and groove feature. In some embodiments, the tile assembly of the tile system 3700 may be tile assembly 100b. Tile assembly 100b may have attachment features 106e and 106f that may be male attachment features, and may have attachment features 106g and 106f that may be female attachment features. The configuration, design, and positioning on the sides of the tile assembly 100 of the attachment features 106 may be changed as appropriate to suit the installation method.
[00433] Figure 38 is a schematic of a tile system 3800. As depicted in Figure 38, additional tile assemblies may be connected to the tile system 3800, such that the tile system 3800 may extend longitudinally, laterally, or a combination thereof.
[00434] Figure 39 is a schematic of a tile system 3900. The tile system 3900, as depicted, comprises 4 tile assemblies. In some embodiments, such as depicted in tile system 3900a, the tile assemblies of the tile system 3900a may be generally the same size and shape. In some embodiments, such as depicted in tile system 3900b, some of the tile assemblies of the tile system 3900b may have a size and shape different from others. For example, the tile system 3900b has some tile assemblies that are generally square in shape and other tile assemblies that are generally rectangular in shape.
[00435] In some embodiments, the bottom surface of the tile 102 may be a coupling surface for releasably mounting the tile assembly 100 to another coupling surface that is complementary to coupling surface of the tile 102. The coupling surface of the tile 102 may be hooks or loops, and another coupling surface may be the other of hooks or loops.
[00436] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be designed with tolerances for installation. For example, there may be gaps in locking laps to determine forgiveness, such as when sliding vertically or horizontally. In some embodiments, the gaps may be 1 /32nd - 1 /8th
of an inch. More particularly, the gaps may be 1/16th - 1/4th of an inch. More particularly, the gaps may be 3/16th of an inch.
[00437] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be cut on site. The tile assembly 100 may be scored or cut, for example, with a wet saw.
[00438] The tile assemblies described above in Figures 1 -39 comprise a tile joined to a stabilizer and a connector. In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may comprise more than one tile.
[00439] Figure 40 is a schematic of a tile assembly 4000 that may be generally similar to the tile assemblies described herein in Figures 1-39 (e.g. tile assembly 100), except tile assembly 4000 has two tiles 4002a and 4002b stacked on top of one another with a stabilizer 4004 between the two tiles 4002a and 4002b. As depicted in Figure 40, tile assembly 4000 comprises attachment features 4006 that mechanically connects tile assemblies 4000 together.
[00440] Although FIG. 40 depicts attachment features 4006 at the sides of tiles 4002a, 4002b, it should be appreciated that other configurations are possible. For example, the attachment feature 4006 may extend through to part of the underside of the tile assembly in addition to some or all of the sides of the tile assembly. The attachment feature 4006 may also extend through the entire underside of the tile assembly. The attachment feature 4006 may also extend through the entire underside of the tile assembly and also up some or all of the sides of the tile assembly.
[00441] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be made of materials which are malleable, including polyurethane, rubber, silicone, ionomer, thermoplastic elastomer, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), LDPE, HDPE, or the like. The malleable nature of the attachment feature 4006 may allow for individual tile assemblies connected to one another to form an entire floor system, as the malleable nature of the tiles would enable the tile assemblies to conform to the contours of the underlying floor, as well as allow for some tolerance of expansion and contraction (e.g. for different temperatures, humidity levels, or the like). In embodiments where the tile assembly is used as a wall covering, the malleable nature of the attachment feature 4006 may allow the tiling system to leverage the natural gravitational force acting on tiles to use the weight of the tiles to engage the connections between tiles to a point where the connections between tile assemblies are substantially waterproof.
[00442] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be laminated to the side of the tile assembly. In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be laminated to more than one side of the tile assembly, and in some embodiments may be laminated to each side of the tile assembly (e.g. as shown in FIG. 118). In some embodiments, the tile assembly may be cut to precisely fit together with the attachment feature 4006. In some embodiments, cutting is carried out using waterjet cutting. In some embodiments, 3D printing may be used to ensure a precise fit between tile assembly and attachment feature. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 is first attached to the side of the tile assembly and is then milled to form the appropriate geometry for connection to other attachment features. In some embodiments, the attachment feature is formed using injection molding.
[00443] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be two tiles (e.g. laminated tiles) of exterior cladding with a stabilizer 4004 made of fibre glass in the centre. The fibre glass may be a fibre glass cloth.
[00444] In some embodiments, the tiles 4002a, 4002b may be made of porcelain, and in particular of double-glazed porcelain. Tile 4002a may be produced using a double glazing porcelain production process. Conventional double layer porcelain manufacturing has typically not allowed for much flexibility in terms of finishes, chiefly because conventional manufacturing methods do not allow for printing options capable of producing a wide range of colours and/or patterns. In conventional double layer manufacturing, the patterning/colouration is done during an initial manufacturing process, and not as a secondary step. As such, many manufacturers are opting not to use double layer manufacturing because it is a relatively expensive process, which typically necessitates large batches in order to render the process cost-effective, and does not provide much flexibility or capability for different visual surface finishes. However, in some embodiments, it is possible to use ink-jet printing technologies to print on the other surface of double-layered products.
[00445] In some embodiments, the modified double layer porcelain manufacturing process may allow for the possibility of the insertion of a fiberglass (or other stabilizing layer) layer between two layers of porcelain. In some embodiments, once the fiberglass layer is inserted onto the first layer of porcelain powder/paste, pressure may be applied so as to allow the fiberglass to embed well and reduce the possibility of air pockets.
[00446] In embodiments in which a second tile 4002b is placed on the both sides of the stabilizer 4004 (e.g. fiberglass), pressure may be applied to the first layer of porcelain powder/paste and fiberglass prior to the second layer of porcelain paste/powder being applied. In some embodiments, the modified double layer porcelain manufacturing process may allow for tiles with a thickness of 9mm or less. By introducing a layer of fiberglass (or other stabilizer) in between layers of porcelain during the manufacturing process, this may provide a lower-cost method of manufacturing tiles than those presently known.
[00447] In some embodiments, the tile 4000a may be porcelain (veneer) rectified and the tile 4000b may be ceramic tile rectified.
[00448] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be a composite tile, comprising two ceramic layers (e.g. two tiles) on the outside and one orthotropic glass fibre layer in the middle.
[00449] In some embodiments, the tiles 4000a and 4000b may be laminated together with polyurethane and fibre glass.
[00450] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may comprise a backing material, such as foam, loops, or polymer. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor, the backing material may be foam. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a wall, the backing material may have a material for mounting or connecting the tile assembly 4000 to the wall, such as loops. The backing material may be sufficiently suitable to withstand high stress applied to the tile assembly 4000 (e.g. from a focused point like the heel of a stiletto). The backing material may be reinforced with fibre glass.
[00451] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 4000 may be a metallic material such as steel.
[00452] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be connected to other tile assemblies 4000 to form a tile system. This tile system may be installed on a surface, such as a floor or a wall. When the tile system comprising tile assemblies 4000 is installed on a floor, the tile assemblies 4000 of the tile system may “free float” on the floor, and the tile system comprising tile assemblies 4000 may be stabilized on the floor.
[00453] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be difficult to break.
[00454] The tile assembly 4000 may be used as a subsurface or as a surface.
[00455] In some embodiments, the load applied to the tile assembly 4000 may be distributed to its components, such as to first tile 4002a, second tile 4002b, stabilizer 4004, attachment feature 4006, or a combination thereof.
[00456] After the tile assemblies 4000 are connected together to form a tile system, the tile assemblies 4000 may be separate for replacement, repair, cleaning, and the like.
[00457] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be manufactured with two tiles, each having at least one generally flat surface, and a reinforcing fibre fabric that may be laminated to the two tiles. The reinforcing fabric may be joined to the tiles using a resin. In some embodiments, the tile 4000b may be a thin Laminam ® tile.
[00458] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 4004 (e.g. the fibre glass) between the two tiles 4002a and 4002b may disallow the stress required to crack the tile 4002a or tile 4002b due to stiffness of the stabilizer 4004. When the stabilizer 4004 is fibre glass, the stabilizer 4004 may have a stiffness that is higher than the stiffness of the tiles 4002a or 4002b.
[00459] Where the stabilizer 4004 is fibre glass, there may be vertical or horizontal stiffness.
[00460] In some embodiments, there may be more than one layer of stabilizer 4004 between the two tiles 4002a or 4002b.
[00461] In some embodiments, where the stabilizer 4004 is fibre glass, the fibre glass may be tightened to reduce the gaps in the wave of the fibre glass. This may avoid stiffness loss of the fibre glass.
[00462] The tile 4002a or the tile 4002b may have a thickness such that the tiles do not break during harsh conditions, such as conditions with high stress. The thickness of the tile assembly 4000 may be based on its use. For example, where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor or near a door, the tile assembly 4000 may not be so thick so as to obstruct movement of doors.
[00463] In some embodiments, the tile 4002a or tile 4002b may be square.
[00464] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 4004 between the tile 4002a and tile 4002b may be foam.
[00465] In some embodiments, the attachment features 4006 may be between the top and bottom surfaces of the tile assembly 4000. When attachment features 4006 of tile assemblies are connected together to connect the tile assemblies 4000, the connector defined by the connected attachment features 4006 may be water resistant, water tight, or durable.
[00466] In some embodiments, the fibre glass stabilizer 4004 may extend past the dimensions of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b. In some embodiments, the fibre glass stabilizer 4004 may not extend past the dimensions of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b and terminate at the edge of the tile 4002a or tile 4002b.
[00467] In some embodiments, a Meyer machine may laminate a fibre glass stabilizer 4004 to the tiles 4002a and 4002b.
[00468] To join the fibre glass to the tiles 4002a and 4002b, fibre glass on a roll with uncured adhesive may provide alignment with the tiles 4002a and 4002b. A jig may assist with aligning the fibre glass and the tiles 4002a and 4002b.
[00469] In some embodiments, it may be difficult to separate the tiles 4002a or 4002b from the stabilizer 4004.
[00470] The connection between tile assemblies 4000 may be sufficiently strong such that rolling loads applied to the tile system does not disconnect the tile assemblies 4000 or damage the tile assemblies 4000.
[00471] In some embodiments, the components of the tile assemblies 4000 (e.g. tile 4000a, tile 4000b, stabilizer 4004, attachment feature 4006, etc.) that may be visually seen or touched may have designs. For example, the components of the tile assemblies 4000 may have a colour, a design, a print, a glazing, be smooth, or be textured.
[00472] In some embodiments, if using a crystalline product, fibre glass may not be needed. In some embodiments, if using crystalline product, fibre glass may be needed.
[00473] In some embodiments, the tiles 4002a and/or 4002b may be generally similar to the tiles described herein in Figures 1-39 (e.g. tile 102).
[00474] As depicted in Figure 40, the tiles 4002a and 4002b are generally similar in material, size, shape, and thickness. In some embodiments, the tiles 4002a and 4002b may have different material, size, shape, or thickness. For example, the tile 4002a may be thicker than the tile 4002b. As another example, the tile 4002a may be a different material (e.g. different model of tile, different make of tile, etc.) than the tile 4002b.
[00475] In some embodiments, the stabilizer 4004 may be generally similar to the stabilizers described herein (e.g. stabilizer 104).
[00476] The tile assembly 4000 depicted in Figure 40 does not have a stabilizer connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b. In some embodiments, a stabilizer, similar to stabilizer 104, may be connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b. In some embodiments, the tile 4002b may function as the stabilizer 104. For example, the stabilizer 4004 between the tiles 4002a and 4002b may be fiberglass, and the stabilizer connected to the bottom surface of the tile 4002b may be a polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET). In some embodiments, a stabilizer 4004 is not present. That is, the tile assembly may, in some embodiments, include tiles 4002a, 4002b and attachment features 4006, without stabilizer 4004. In some embodiments, the tile assembly may not include attachment features. That is, is some embodiments, the tile assembly includes tiles 4002a, 4002b separated by stabilizer 4004.
[00477] In some embodiments, attachment feature 4006 may be generally similar to attachment features described herein (e.g. attachment feature 106). For example, the attachment feature 4006 may have a click-lock feature or may have a tongue or groove feature to correspond with the attachment feature 4006 of another tile assembly 4000. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be connected to the tiles 4002a or 4002b, connected to the stabilizer 4004, connected to the bottom of the tile 4002b, or a combination thereof. The attachment feature 4006 may be connected to the edge of the tiles 4002a or 4002b, or may be connected to the edge of the tiles 4002a or 4002b and the bottom of the tile 4002b.
[00478] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be manufactured using moulding extrusion, 3-D printing, and the like. In some embodiments, the attachment feature
4006 may be connected to the tile 4002a, tile 4002b, or stabilizer 4004, for example, by gluing, moulding, or bonding.
[00479] In some embodiments, the thickness of the tile assembly 4000 may be approximately 8 mm. The tile 4000a may be approximately 4 mm and the tile 4000b may be approximately 4 mm. The tiles 4000a and 4000b may have different thicknesses.
[00480] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be waterproof or may be treated with a material so it may be water proof. In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be installed on a wall, for example in a shower stall, to protect the wall from liquids.
[00481] Figure 41 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having two tiles 4002a and 4002b connected together. The stabilizer 4004 may be fibre glass, metal (e.g. steel or aluminum), polymer, or another material. As depicted in Figure 41 , both tiles 4002a and 4002b have chamfered edges that form an irregular shape when joined together. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be a single component that joins the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b together. The attachment feature 4006 may be configured to have a shape and design such that it may contact the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b and connect with the two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b.
[00482] In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be pre-fabricated. In some embodiments, the attachment feature 4006 may be liquid or partly liquid and may be applied on site.
[00483] In some embodiments, to manufacture the tile assembly 4000, each tile 4000a and 4000b may be manufactured separately. For example, each tile 4000a and 4000b may be cut from material and machined or moulded to have the desired shape, dimensions, edge design, finish, etc. After the tiles 4000a and 4000b have been manufactured, then they may be attached together using a stabilizer 4004, such as fibre glass, metal, polymer, foam, or adhesive.
[00484] Figure 42 is two exploded views of a tile assembly 4000 having two tiles 4000a and 4000b.
[00485] Figure 43 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b each having two tiles 4002, with stabilizers 4004 joined to the two tiles. As depicted in Figure 43, the tile
assembly 4000a has a backing 4008a, and the tile assembly 4000b has a backing 4008b. The backing 4008 may be made with foam, loops, or polymer. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a floor, the backing material 4008 may be foam. Where the tile assembly 4000 is to be installed on a wall, the backing material 4008 may have a material for mounting or connecting the tile assembly 4000 to the wall, such as loops. The backing material 4008 may be sufficiently suitable to withstand high stress applied to the tile assembly 4000 (e.g. from a focused point like the heel of a stiletto). The backing material 4008 may be reinforced with fibre glass. In some embodiments, the backing material 4008 may be a second stabilizer similar to the stabilizers described herein (e.g. stabilizer 104, stabilizer 4004).
[00486] Figure 44 is a schematic of a tile system 4450 having nine tiling assemblies 4000a-4000i connected together. In some embodiments, when a tiling assembly is connected with another tiling assembly to form a tile system, the top surface of the tiling assemblies may be approximately level.
[00487] Figure 45 is a schematic of two tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having two tiles 4002, with a loop backing 4008a and 4008b connected to the tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b. The tile assemblies 4000a and 4000b having the loop backing 4008a and 4008b may be connected to a surface having corresponding hooks that may engage with the loops of the loop backing 4008a and 4008b.
[00488] In some embodiments, the bottom surface of the second tile 4002b may be a coupling surface for releasably mounting the tile assembly 4000 to another coupling surface that is complementary to coupling surface of the tile. The coupling surface of the second tile 4002b may be hooks or loops, and another coupling surface may be the other of hooks or loops.
[00489] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be designed with tolerances for installation. For example, there may be gaps in locking laps to determine forgiveness, such as when sliding vertically or horizontally.
[00490] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 4000 may be cut on site. The tile assembly 4000 may be scored or cut, for example, with a wet saw.
[00491] Figures 46-65 depict the manufacturing of a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102. In some embodiments, the manufacturing of a tile 100 may be adapted to manufacturing of a tile assembly 4000 having two tiles 4002a and 4000b.
[00492] In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may be manufactured by moulding (e.g. back moulding) the tile with the stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106. The stabilizer 104 and attachment feature 106 may be integrally formed or may be separate components.
[00493] The tile assemblies may be manufactured in a way to reduce vulnerability to cracking, improved ease of installation, improved quality of installation, and improved ease of replacement of damaged tiles.
[00494] In some embodiments, the tile assembly may be manufactured by back moulding of tiles 102 and installation with the attachment feature 106, by moulding the attachment feature 106 to the tile 102, by an injection moulding process, or by a variotherm process. Different sizes of tiles 102 may be moulded.
[00495] After the part has solidified in the manufacturing tool, the part may be ejected. Suction cups may hold tiles 102 in place prior to moulding. There may be a resilient surface on the side where the tile 102 sits. There may be a sealing element made out of partly resilient material to seal off plastic.
[00496] Figure 46 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 manufactured with the stabilizer 104 and attachment feature 106 moulded to a tile 102.
[00497] Figure 47 is a schematic of a tile assembly manufacturing tool 4700.
[00498] Figure 48 is another schematic of the tile assembly manufacturing tool 4700 with the tool support 4702 separate from the resilient layer 4704.
[00499] Figure 49 is a schematic of a tile assembly 100 being manufactured by the manufacturing tool 4700. The manufacturing tool 4700 may comprise a tool support 4702 for supporting a tool 4708 that may closely contour with the tile assembly and that may be cooled or may be heated. The tool 4700 may also comprise the resilient layer 4704 for protecting the tile 102 from breaking during the manufacturing process. The manufacturing tool 4700 may comprise a sealing frame and seal 4706 to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the
tile assembly 100 during manufacturing. As depicted in Figure 49, the tile 102 is being connected to a stabilizer 104. In some embodiments, the stabilizer 104 may comprise the attachment feature 106.
[00500] Figure 50 is a schematic of a temperature plot of the plastic and the manufacturing tool 4700 during the tile assembly manufacturing process performed by the manufacturing tool 4700. The temperatures of the plastic and tool may be example temperatures. As depicted, the temperature of the plastic increases at the injection point, and slowly decreases until the part is ejected.
[00501] In some embodiments, a polymer used for the tile assembly 100 may be PET, recycled PET (rPET), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Acrylnitril-Styrol-Acrylat-Copolymere (ASA), fillers, a foam material, or a combination thereof.
[00502] In some embodiments, the tile assembly 100 may be manufactured by presswelding. The backing plate of the tile assembly 100 (e.g. the stabilizer) may be moulded, including the attachment feature 106 (e.g. tongue and groove). The tile 102, which may be a ceramic tile, may be heated. Then, the backing plate and the tile 102 may be press-welded in a separate tool.
[00503] Figure 51 is a schematic of a moulding backing plate for manufacturing a tile assembly 100. The back plate (e.g. stabilizer 104) may include the attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 51 , the back plate may have a recess for receiving the tile 102 of the tile assembly 100.
[00504] Figure 52 is a schematic of a tile 102 for manufacturing a tile assembly 100. The tile may be heated during a press-welding process for manufacturing the tile assembly 100.
[00505] Figure 53 is a schematic of press welding a tile 102 and a backing plate (e.g. a stabilizer 104, attachment feature 106, or both) for manufacturing a tile assembly 100. In some embodiments, each of the tile 102 and the backing plate may be supported by a mould 5300a and 5300b while the tile 102 and the backing plate are pressed together.
[00506] Figure 54 is a schematic of a manufactured tile assembly 100. Figure 54 depicts a tile assembly 100 comprising a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, male attachment feature 108 and
female attachment feature 110. Additional tile assemblies 100 may be manufactured, and may be connected together using the male attachment features 108 and female attachment features 110.
[00507] In some embodiments, a tile assembly 100 manufactured by a press-welding process may be similar to a tile assembly 100 manufactured by an injection back-moulded tile.
[00508] Figure 55 is a table 5500 outlining features of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process. As depicted in the table 5500, the injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process may be compared using cost of tools, cycle times, risk of tile breakage during process, development risk, and development costs. Other metrics for comparing the processes may be possible.
[00509] Press-welding may provide a low investment cost solution that may perform a serial process.
[00510] In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may be manufactured using a combination of an injection moulding process, variotherm process, and press welding process.
[00511] Press-welding may have a relatively low risk of breakage of the tile during manufacturing. The pressure applied to the tile may be relatively low and may be controlled by temperature of the tile or the plastic parts (e.g. by pre-heating the plastic parts). For example, the pressure for press welding may be approximately 1 bar, and the pressure for injection moulding may be greater than 100 bar.
[00512] In addition, prototypes of the tile assembly may be close to the serial product.
[00513] In some embodiments, the press-welding concept may be injection moulding of backing as a separate process. The welding may occur by heating the tile and pressing the tile against the plastic backing that sits in a tool (to avoid expansion through the pressure).
[00514] The surface structure of the back of the tile may not matter during a presswelding process. There may be some design considerations for the plastic component to avoid air traps. The tile may be heated up quickly as they have a very low thermal expansion, so the tile may not warp even if heating is mainly happening on the surface of the tile.
[00515] In some embodiments, the polymer used for manufacturing the tile assembly may be a polylactic acid polymer (PLA) or PET, and the tile may be 6” or 8” tiles.
[00516] Figure 56 is a schematic of a tile 102 and a backing plate being press welded together to form a tile assembly 100. Figure 56 depicts a manufacturing tool 5600 pressing the tile 102 and the backing plate together. The tool 5600 has an injection side 5602 and an ejection side 5604. The tool 5600 may comprise a cold tool part 5606 for sealing the components of the tile assembly 100 being manufactured to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the tile assembly 100 during manufacturing. The tool 5600 may comprise a hot tool part 5608 that may contact the backing plate. The tool 5600 may comprise a resilient part 5610 for avoiding breakage of tile 102. The tool 5600 may comprise an additional seal 5612 to seal off the material and maintain the shape of the tile assembly 100 during manufacturing.
[00517] The tool 5600 may comprise plastics that may surround the tile 102 on its whole perimeter. There may be four cams on each side of the tool that slide away to the outside. The cams may be cold whereas the tool itself may be hot. The cold cams may allow the material to freeze quickly. There may be additional seal material on the cams to compensate for uneven edges in the tiles.
[00518] Figure 57 is a schematic of cams of a tile assembly manufacturing tool 5600. As depicted in Figure 57, the cams 5614a, 5614b, 5614c may slide away, for example, at approximately 45°.
[00519] Figure 58 is a schematic of an example embodiment of a press-welded tile assembly 100.
[00520] Figures 59-63 are schematics of example embodiments of attachment features of a press-welded tile assembly.
[00521] Figure 59 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 59, the polymer stabilizer 104 or attachment feature 106 may surround the tile 102.
[00522] Figure 60 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and an attachment feature 106. As depicted in Figure 60, the edge of the tile 102 may be curved.
[00523] In some embodiments, to avoid breakage of the tile 102 during manufacturing of the tile assembly 100, a resilient tool material may be provided where the tile 102 meets the tool. There may be low pressure due to the variotherm process, which may be due to slow filling with little pressure due to hot tool. There may be sufficient injection points to further reduce pressure.
[00524] Figure 61 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a female attachment feature 110. As depicted in Figure 60, the length of the female attachment feature 110 extending from the tile may be, for example, 1900 mm.
[00525] Figure 62 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a male attachment feature 108.
[00526] Figure 63 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, a male attachment feature 108 and a female attachment feature 110.
[00527] Figure 64 is a schematic of a press-welded tile assembly 100.
[00528] Figure 65 depicts a tile assembly 100 with a tile 102, a stabilizer 104, and a female attachment feature 110. As depicted in Figure 60, the length of the female attachment feature 110 extending from the tile may be, for example, 1900 mm.
[00529] In some embodiments, it may be possible to have multiple moulds manufacturing tile assemblies from a single press. It may also be possible to do this on a lot to lot basis. For example, a certain number of 12” tiles may be moulded, and then some inserts in the tool may be changed or process parameters may be changed to run the 18” tile. This may be more efficient.
[00530] In some embodiments, the moulded polymer (e.g. moulded PET) of the tile assembly may be 2 mm thick. In some embodiments, the moulded polymer (e.g. moulded PET) of the tile assembly may be more than 2 mm thick (e.g. 4 mm thick).
[00531] In some embodiments, with a slider concept, the tongue and groove attachment feature 106 may be relatively easy to manufacture and for producing a tile assembly 100 with the tongue and groove attachment feature 106.
[00532] In some embodiments, for a female attachment feature 110, the depth of the groove may be variable. For example, the depth of the groove may be 2 mm, or may be greater or less than 2 mm.
[00533] The tile assemblies discussed herein may be installed on a surface. In some embodiments, to install the tile assembly on a surface, a mount assembly may be first installed on the surface, and the tile assembly may then be connected to the mount assembly to install the tile assembly to the surface.
[00534] Figure 66 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600.
[00535] The mount assembly 6600 may comprise a plate 6610. The tile assemblies may be removably connected to the surface of the plate 6610. For example, the surface of the plate 6610 may have hooks to correspond to loops on the bottom surface of the tile assembly, such that the tile assembly may be connected to the plate 6610 and be removable from the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 66, the plate 6610 has a generally hexagonal shape. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have other shapes. For example, the plate 6610 may have a circle, triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, shape with at least one curved side, and the like.
[00536] The plate 6610 may have one or more recesses 6612 for receiving a joining component (e.g. a disc) for connecting the plate 6610 to other plates 6610, or for connecting the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 66, the plate 6610 has six recesses 6612. In some embodiments, the number of recesses 6612 may depend on the configuration of the plate 6610 and how the plate 6610 is to be connected to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. For example, there may be a recess 6612 at each corner of the plate 6610.
[00537] The plate 6610 may have one or more channels 6614 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. The channel 6614 may extend through the plate 6610 between the top and bottom surface of the plate 6610. The size of the channel 6614 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
[00538] The plate 6610 may have one or more corner channels 6616 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. The corner channel 6616 may extend through the plate 6610 between the top and bottom surface of the plate 6610. The size of the channel 6616 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
[00539] The dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on building supports of the surface on which the plate 6610 is to be connected. For example, the dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on stud spacing of a wall on which the plate 6610 is to be connected. As another example, the dimensions and configurations of the plate 6610, and the location and configurations of the recess 6612, the channel 6614, or the corner channel 6614 may be based on centre to centre on studs of a wall on which the plate 6610 is to be connected.
[00540] The mount assembly 6600 may comprise a joining component 6620 for connecting plates 6610 together and for connecting the plates 6610 to the surface under or behind the plates 6610. As depicted in Figure 66, the joining component 6620 is a circular disc. In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may be other shapes, such as triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, shape with at least one curved side, and the like.
[00541] The joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6612 of the plate 6610. When three plates 6610 are brought together, the joining component 6620 may be received in a circular recess 6613 defined by the recesses 6612 of the three plates 6610.
[00542] The thickness of the joining component 6620 may be such that when the joining component 6620 is received in the recess 6612 of the plate 6610, the top surface of the joining component 6620 may be flush with the top surface of the plate 6610.
[00543] The joining component 6620 may have a central channel 6622 and one or more peripheral channels 6624 for receiving a connector (e.g. screw, plug, nail, etc.) for securing the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 66, the joining component 6620 has three peripheral channels 6624 and one
central channel 6622. The channels 6624 and 6622 may extend through the joining component 6620 between the top and bottom surface of the joining component 6620. The size of the central channel 6622 and peripheral channel 6624 may depend on the connector used for securing the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
[00544] In some embodiments, the feature of the top surface of the plate 6610 that connects with the tile assemblies may also be on the top surface of the joining component 6620.
[00545] To secure the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface, the plates 6610 may be brought together (e.g. brought together at a corner) to define a recess 6613 for receiving the joining component 6620. The joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6612 or recess 6613. The central channel 6622 may be aligned with the corner channels 6616 of the plates 6610 (which, when the plates 6610 are brought together, the corner channels 6616 of the plate may together define a channel 6618) and the peripheral channels 6624 may be aligned with the channels 6614 of the plates 6610. Then, connectors may be inserted through the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620, the corner channels 6616 of the plate 6610 defining the channel 6618, the peripheral channels 6624 of the joining component 6620, or the channels 6614 of the plate 6610 to connect the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610.
[00546] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may be hook plate, where the plate 6610 may have one or more hooks on the surface of the plate 6610 for connecting with a tile assembly.
[00547] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be manufactured using a process with low investment cots. For example, the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be manufactured using moulding, welding, machining, 3-D printing, and the like.
[00548] 3-D printing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be beneficial. There may be potential ability to manufacture the hooks on the surface of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620. It may be possible to directly print hooks. The hooks may have various and different shapes and may be optimized.
[00549] The technology may be scalable using relatively cheap components. The process may be used for mass production. For examples, a plurality of nozzles side my side may extrude the hooks.
[00550] 3D-printing may allow the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 to have a hollow inner structure, which may allow for thicker plate 6610 or joining component 6620 without sacrificing weight. In addition, if the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 has a hollow inner structure, it may be easy to cut the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 at a preferable direction.
[00551] When 3-D printing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620, their shape and dimensions and configurations may be customized.
[00552] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 or tile assemblies described herein may be customized. A room may be scanned with a laser- supported 3D camera to get the measurements of the room. The plate 6610 or joining component 6620 or tile assemblies may be generated automatically so on-site adaptation or cutting may not be required.
[00553] The mount assembly 6600 may be connectable with a tile assembly. The loops of the tile assembly may be attached to the bottom surface of the tile assembly, such as the bottom surface of the tile assembly, or the stabilizer, or a foam backing.
[00554] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have an expansion joint in the confines of the plate 6610.
[00555] The mount assembly 6600 may be configured to be relatively universally applicable to various surfaces.
[00556] The plate 6610 or the joining component 66220 may be hollow, have recesses, or have channels extending through to reduce weight.
[00557] In some embodiments, the exterior of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may appear the same, and the interior of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be changed for a specific use.
[00558] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may be shaped like a square or hexagon. The plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be relatively flat.
[00559] In some embodiments, a plate 6610 with all hooks may be required for commercial use for vinyl.
[00560] In some embodiments, a thin surface veneer may go into mould backed with plastic.
[00561] The mount assembly 6600 may be designed with tolerances for installation.
[00562] In some embodiments, the raw material for the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be a low cost or lowest cost option material. For example, PET may be used to manufacture the plate 6610 or joining component 6620. In some embodiments, additives or filler may be used to optimize features.
[00563] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may be hexagon shape.
[00564] In some embodiments, the maximum width or length of the plate 6610 may be 2 feet.
[00565] In some embodiments, the maximum thickness of the plate 6610 may be 1/8” or wider to allow for inserts on the side of the plate 6610, such as flanges, tongue and groove, etc
[00566] In some embodiments, the weight of the mount assembly 6600 may be as light as possible while maintaining stability or rigidity optimization. For example, the weight may be 0.4416 pounds or kilograms per square foot.
[00567] In some embodiments, on the back of the plate 6610, there may be cut outs for weight optimization. The design of the plate 6610 may consider “coining” and whether flatness may be necessary.
[00568] In some embodiments, the connector or fastener for fastening the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 to the surface under or behind the plate 6610 may be screw sights. Where the plate 6610 has a hexagon shape, the corner of 3 plates may come together. In some embodiments, washers may be needed. In some embodiments, other design features
may be needed. In some embodiments, the corner of the plate 6610 may have a recess or double recess. In some embodiments, a full cap may be used.
[00569] In some embodiments, there may be attachment features for connecting plates 6610 together. The attachment features may be similar to attachment features described herein for tile assemblies. In some embodiments, the attachment features may be tongue and groove, or slots, for positioning and versatility. In some embodiments, there may be tongue and groove flanges at corners and flat surface to surface.
[00570] In some embodiments, the joint between plates 6610 may have no space for expansion or contraction. Instead, if required, cut outs as series of holes throughout the plate 6610 may be considered to accommodate expansion or contraction.
[00571] In some embodiments, a plate 6610 for mounting to a wall may have different connections with another plate 6610 than a plate 6610 for installing on a floor.
[00572] In some embodiments, the wall plate design and floor plate design may be effectively one mound with same or consistent features.
[00573] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have additional provision for one or more tongue and groove attachment features on all sides of the plate 6610 for waterproof installation. In some embodiments, flanges for side to side attachment may include features for click-lock, snapping, or male and female connections. In some embodiments, the joint between plates 6610 may be tight so as to reduce or eliminate any telegraphy. This may lead to expansion or contraction. Expansion or contraction may be resolved by “acclimatization” or holes with or recesses in or on the plates 6610.
[00574] The attachment feature of the plate 6610 may be a slot without two sides with tongue and groove.
[00575] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may be a resilient mount assembly comprising adhesive plates and discs. The mount assembly 6600 may be made with vinyl composition tile (VCT), luxury vinyl tile (LVT), marmoleum, rubber, a polymer, or the like. The materials may be sheets.
[00576] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may have a hard surface, such that the mount assembly 6600 comprises hook and loop plates and discs. The mount assembly 6600 may be made with ceramic, porcelain, granite, marble, stone, and the like.
[00577] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may have a soft surface, such that the mount assembly 6600 comprises hook and loop plates and discs. The mount assembly 6600 may be made with carpet, wide width carpet, or carpet tiles.
[00578] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may have raised areas for reducing contact area with adhesive backed surfaces.
[00579] In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may be designed to also form raised areas for reduction or elimination of telegraphy.
[00580] In some embodiments, the joints where plates 6610 meet may be designed to reduce or eliminate gap to mitigate or avoid cracking and telegraphy.
[00581] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be designed to also use a secondary process. The plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may be designed to avoid coining.
[00582] In some embodiments, the materials used for manufacturing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may reduce cost of manufacturing the plate 6610 or joining component 6620. The manufacturing of the plate 6610 or joining component 6620 may include filler; recycled polymer, or polymer.
[00583] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may have no rib structure, a hexagonal structure, or a rectangular rib structure, or another kind of rib structure.
[00584] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may be installed vertically, horizontally, or a combination thereof.
[00585] In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may have a certain size and certain functions, such as to manage a vertical load and be laterally flat.
[00586] Figure 67 is a schematic of plates 6610 of mount assemblies 6600. Figure 67 depicts two plates 6610 having rib structures. In some embodiments, when a plate 6610 is to
be installed on a wall, it may be easier to have rib structures compared to a plate that is to be installed on a floor, because there may be less stress applied to the plate 6610 installed on the wall.
[00587] In some embodiments, the rib structure of the plate 6610 may have a structure. As depicted in Figure 67, the plate 6610 may, for example, have a hexagon rib structure or rectangular rib structure. In some embodiments, having a rectangular rib structure may be beneficial for cutting the plate 6610.
[00588] Figure 68 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with plates 6610 joined by joining components 6620. As depicted in Figure 68, the plates 6610 may be installed horizontally on the surface with a bottom edge of the plates 6610 aligned generally horizontally, or the plates 6610 may be installed on the surface vertically or “on tip”, with a corner of the plates 6610 pointing downwards.
[00589] In some embodiments, it may be beneficial to install the plates 6610 vertically or “on tip”. Vertical force may be carried by one attachment point (e.g. by a joining component 6620) in the vertical direction. Further, during installation, the plate 6610 may be held in place by two joining components 6620, which may stabilize the plate 6610 and facilitate installation of the mount assembly 6600.
[00590] Figure 69 is a schematic of mount assemblies 6600 with plates 6610 installed horizontally and vertically. Where the plate 6610 is installed vertically, the direction of the force 6900 may be more clearly defined. Where the plate 6610 is installed horizontally, the force 6900 may try to turn the plate 6610 or joining component 6620.
[00591] Figure 70 is a schematic of mount assemblies 6600 with plates 6610 installed horizontally and vertically. When the plates 6610 are installed vertically, they may be more stable, such as during installation of the plates 6610.
[00592] Figure 71 is a schematic of a plate of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 71 , when installing the mount assembly 6600, the plates 6610 are connected together with a joining component 6620. Figure 71 depicts the recess 6613 defined by the recesses 6612 of a plurality of plates 6610 brought together for receiving the joining component 6620. Figure 71 depicts the channel 6618 defined by the corner channels 6616 of a plurality of plates
6610 brought together for receiving a connector to connect the mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
[00593] The joining component 6620 may be circular in shape, as depicted in Figure 71 . The joining component 6620 may be a disc. The joining component 6620 may mount the plates 6610 to a surface, transfer vertical load, or bring lateral flatness to the plates 6610. The size of the joining component 6620 may be such that it may connect with the plates 6610.
[00594] Figure 72 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600. In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may comprise a plug 7200 for connecting with the plate 6610 or mounting the mount assembly 6600 to a surface. In some embodiments, the plug 7200 may be received in the channel 6614 or the corner channel 6616 of the plate 6610.
[00595] Figures 73-74 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 73, the joining component 6620 may comprise an engaging hook 7300 for engaging with the plate 6610 or mounting the mount assembly 6600 to a surface. The plate 6610 may have a gap 7310 for receiving the engaging hook 7300 for connecting the joining component 6620 and the plate 6610. The hook 7300 may snap engage with the gap 7310. The hook 7300 may receive the force applied to the mount assembly 6600 in this direction.
[00596] As depicted in Figure 74, when the hook 7300 is received in the gap 7310, the hook 7300 and the gap 7310 may be configured such that the joining component 6620 may be twisted to connect with the plate 6610. In some embodiments, there may be a locking feature 7400 between the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 for promoting connection between the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620.
[00597] Figure 75 is a schematic of a joining component 6620 of the mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 75, the joining component 6620 is connecting plates 6610 together. The joining component 6620 as depicted in Figure 75 may comprise a barb 7510 on a top portion 7520 of the joining component 6620. The joining component 6620 as depicted in Figure 75 may comprise a bottom portion joined to the top portion by a column 7540. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have a corresponding recess 7515 for receiving the barb 7510 of the joining component 6620. The plate 6610 or the joining component 6620 may be
configured such that the plate 6610, joining component 6620, the barb 7515, or a combination thereof, may elastically deform when the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 are connected together by receiving the barb 7510 in the recess 7515. The plate 6610, joining component 6620, the barb 7515, or a combination thereof may return to its original shape after the barb 7510 is received in the recess 7515.
[00598] In some embodiments, the edge of the plate 6610 may be a barb or act as a barb when being inserted in a recess defined between the top portion 7520 and bottom portion 7530 of the joining component 6620.
[00599] As depicted in Figure 75, the plate 6610 may be supported between the top portion 7520 and the bottom portion of the 7530 of the joining component 6620.
[00600] In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may have a channel extending through the column 7540 to receive a connector (e.g. nail, screw, plug, etc.) for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface. In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may be made of a material such that a connector may be driven through the column 7540 for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface.
[00601] Figure 76 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with the plates 6610 and joining components 6620 assembled together.
[00602] Figure 77 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 with gaps 7700 on the plates 6610. The gaps 7700 may allow the plates 6610 to be cut prior to installation.
[00603] Figure 78 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 78, the mount assembly 6600 may be secured to a surface without every recess 6613 receiving a joining component 6620. The connection between the mount assembly 6600 and the surface may be sufficiently strong such that the mount assembly 6600 may be secured to the surface without every recess 6613 receiving a joining component 6620 and connected to the surface at that point.
[00604] Figure 79 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600. Plates 6610 may be brought together, such that the recesses 6612 define a recess 6613. The joining component 6620 may be received in the recess 6613. In some embodiments, a screw may be received in
the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620 to connect the plates 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface. In some embodiments, a screw may be received in the peripheral channel 6624 of the joining component 6620 to connect the plates 6610 with the joining component 6620, or to connect the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface.
[00605] Figure 80 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 80, the joining component 6620 may be received in a recess 6612 of the plate 6610. A screw may connect the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 together. The screw may be received in the corner channel 6616. A screw may be received in the channel 6614 to secure the plate 6610 to a surface. Other connectors may be used. In some embodiments, when the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620 is aligned with the corner channel 6616 of the plate 6610 (or channel 6618 defined by plates 6610 brought together), a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together. In some embodiments, when the central channel 6622 of the joining component 6620 is aligned with the corner channel 6616 of the plate 6610 (or channel 6618 defined by plates 6610 brought together), a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together and connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface.
[00606] In some embodiments, with the channel 6614 of the plate 6610 aligned with the peripheral channel 6624 of the joining component 6620, a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together. In some embodiments, with the channel 6614 of the plate 6610 aligned with the peripheral channel 6624 of the joining component 6620, a connector may connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 together and connect the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 to a surface.
[00607] In some embodiments, the recess 6612 may be at a corner of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the recess 6612 may be at a side of the plate 6610.
[00608] Figure 81 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 being assembled. As depicted, a first row 8110 is installed on a surface, then a second row 8120 is installed on the surface. In some embodiments, the rows may be installed from the bottom-most row first, then rows are installed upwards. In some embodiments, a first row may be installed, then a second row may be installed relative to the first row.
[00609] Figure 82 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 being assembled. As depicted, a first row 8210 is installed on a surface, then a second row 8220 is installed on the surface, then a third row 8230 is installed on the surface. The tiles may be cut to accommodate the surface. For example, if the first row 8210 is installed on a wall, the tiles of the first row 8210 may be cut such that the bottom of the tiles may be flush with the floor that is connected to the tile.
[00610] Figure 83 is a schematic of a corner of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 83, the recess 6612 of the plate 6610 has a slot 8300 extending through the recess 6612. The slot 8300 may be configured to receive a connector for connecting the plate 6610 to a surface, or may be configured to receive a corresponding feature on a joining component 6620 to connect the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620.
[00611] Figure 84 is a schematic of a corner of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 84, the recess 6612 of the plate 6610 has a slot 8300 extending through the recess 6612. The slot 8300 may be configured to receive a connector for connecting the plate 6610 to a surface, or may be configured to receive a corresponding feature on a joining component 6620 to connect the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have a grid or rib feature 8400 on it.
[00612] Figure 85 is a schematic of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 85, the corners of the plate 6610 may be generally similar. For example, each of the corners of the plate 6610 as depicted in Figure 85 may comprise the slot 8300. The plate 6610 depicted in Figure 85 may have a grid or rib feature 8400.
[00613] Figure 86 is a schematic of a mount assembly 6600 having another attachment feature. As depicted in Figure 86, the plate 6610 may comprise a tongue 8400 for connecting with a corresponding groove 8410 of another plate 6610 to connect the two plates 6610. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may comprise a groove 8410. The groove 8410 may be offset to promote manufacturing or moldability. Accordingly, the plates 6610 having a tongue 8400 or groove 8410 may connect to each other using the tongue 8400 and groove 8410.
[00614] In some embodiments, the connectors for connecting the plate 6610 to the joining component 6620, or for connecting the plate 6610 and the joining component 6620 to a surface, may be a nail, screw, plug, another fastener, and the like.
[00615] In some embodiments, the length of a plate 6610 measured between two opposite corners may be 2 feet.
[00616] In some embodiments, there may be a gap between hook areas for connecting plates 6610 together, or for connecting plates 6610 to a surface.
[00617] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 and joining component 6620 may be made with a material or dimensioned such that it was reduce sound or improve sound proofing of a room.
[00618] In some embodiments, the surface on which the mount assembly 6600 is installed may be a floor or a wall. In some embodiments, the surface may be wood, tile, carpet, foam, drywall, brick, concrete, and the like.
[00619] Figure 87 is a schematic of a plurality of plates 6610 and joining components 6620 of a mount assembly 6600. The mount assembly 6600 may be connected to a surface 8700.
[00620] Figures 88-92 are schematics of another attachment feature of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600.
[00621] Figure 88 depicts a plate 6610 having tongues 8800 extending from the corners of the plate. The tongues 8800 may be received by corresponding grooves of another plate 6610. The tongue 8800 may be a protrusion extending from one or more sides of the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 88, the tongues 8800 have a shape generally similar to the sides of the plate 6610 from which the tongues 8800 extend. For example, as depicted in Figure 88, the tongues 8800 have an arrow shape that point outwardly from the plate 6610. The tongue 8800 may have other shapes, such as shapes similar to attachment features described herein for tile assemblies.
[00622] In some embodiments, a tongue 8800 may extend from one or more than one corner of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, a tongue 8800 may extend from one or more than one side of the plate 6610.
[00623] Figure 89 depicts a plate 6610 having a tongue 8800 extending from a corner of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the top surface of the tongue 8800 may be lower than
the top surface of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the bottom surface of the tongue 8800 may be higher than the bottom surface of the plate 6610.
[00624] In some embodiments, the tongue 8800 may be received in a groove having a shape generally similar to the tongue 8800.
[00625] In some embodiments, the tongue may be a flange that connects a plate 6610 to another plate 6610.
[00626] Figure 90 depicts an example tongue 9000 of a tongue and groove connection. The tongue 9000 may be an attachment feature for tile assemblies or mount assemblies described herein. As depicted, an example thickness of the tongue 9000 may be 1/16”. An example distance between the top surface of the tile or plate and the top surface of the tongue 9000 may be 1/32”. An example distance between the bottom surface of the tile or plate and the bottom surface of the tongue 9000 may be 1/32”. An example thickness of the tile or plate may be 1/8”. In some embodiments, the length of the tongue 9000 extending from the edge of the tile or plate may be such that the tongue and groove for a sufficient connection to connect two tile assemblies together or two plates together.
[00627] Figure 91 depicts an example tongue 9100. As depicted in Figure 91 , the tongue 9100 may have a first portion 9110 and a second portion 9120 that may be offset from the first portion 9110. In some embodiments, the first portion 9110 and the second portion 9120 may not be offset, and may be generally level and extend from a side of a tile or a plate.
[00628] Figure 92 depicts a plate 6610 having tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 for receiving the tongues 9210 from another plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 92, the plate 6610 has three tongues 9200 and three grooves 9210. The tongues 9200 may extend from three corners of the plate 6610, and the grooves 9210 may extend into three corners of the plate. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have one or more tongues 9200 or one or more grooves 9210. As depicted in Figure 92, the three tongues 9200 are next to each other, and the three grooves 9210 are next to each other. In some embodiments, the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be in other positions for connecting a plate 6610 to another plate 6610.
[00629] Figure 93 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 93, each of the plates 6610 may have the same and proper orientation. The plates 6610
may have tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 for connecting with other plates 6610. As depicted in Figure 93, the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be at a side of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the tongues 9200 and grooves 9210 may be at corners of the plate 6610. The plates 6610, in the same and proper orientation, may be joined together such that the proper corners of the plates 6610 are brought together, so the tongues and grooves of the plates 6610 may be aligned to connect the plates 6610 together.
[00630] Figure 94 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 94, similar to Figure 93, each of the plates 6610 may have the same and proper orientation. The plates 6610 may have tongues and grooves for connecting with other plates 6610. The plates 6610, in the same and proper orientation, may be joined together such that the proper corners of the plates 6610 are brought together, so the tongues and grooves of the plates 6610 may be aligned to connect the plates 6610 together.
[00631] As depicted in Figure 94, the plates 6610 may have tongues 9200 extending from the side of the plate 6610 and also tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plate 6610. The plates 6610 may have grooves 9210 at corners of plates 6610 for receiving the tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plates 6610.
[00632] Figure 95 is a schematic for assembling a mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 95, the plates 6610 may have tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plate 6610. The plates 6610 may have grooves 9210 at corners of plates 6610 for receiving the tongues 9200 extending from the corners of the plates 6610.
[00633] Figures 96-97 are schematics of a mount assembly having another attachment feature.
[00634] As depicted in Figure 96, the attachment feature may be a clip 9600. As depicted in Figure 96, a clip 9600 joins two plates 6610. In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may be separate from the plate 6610. That is, the clip 9600 may be a separate attachment feature. As depicted in Figure 96, the ends of the clip 9600 may be angled, bevelled, chamfered, or otherwise shaped to be received in a corresponding recess 9610 of a plate 6610. The clip 9600 may be elastically deformable, such that, when being inserted into the recess 9610, the clip 9600 may elastically deform to promote insertion into the recess 9610. After the clip 9600 is inserted into the recess 9610, the clip 9600 may return to its original position.
[00635] As depicted in Figure 96, the clip 9600 connects two plates 6610 along the sides of the plates 6610. In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may join corners of plates 6610 together.
[00636] In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may comprise one or more prongs 9620 for inserting the clip 9600 into the recess 9610. The clip 9600 depicted in Figure 96 may comprise four prongs 9620. In some embodiments, a gap 9630 may be defined between two prongs 9620 to promote elastic deformation of the prongs 9620 when inserting the clip 9600 into the recess 9610.
[00637] In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may be integrally formed with or joined to the plate 6610. As depicted in Figure 97, the clip 9600 is joined to a side of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the clip 9600 may be joined to a corner of the plate 6610. The clip 9600 depicted in Figure 97 has two prongs 9620 with a gap 9630 defined in between the two prongs 9620.
[00638] Figure 98 is a schematic of attachment features of mount assemblies 6600. In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a series of interlocking pins 9810 for connecting plates 6610 together.
[00639] In some embodiments, the attachment features may be cooperatively configured protrusions 9820 and recesses 9830 for receiving the protrusions 9820 for connecting plates 6610 together. The protrusions 9820 and recesses 9830 may be along the sides or edges of the plates 6610, or may be along the top or bottom surfaces of the plates 6610.
[00640] Figure 99 is a schematic of an attachment feature of mount assemblies 6600. In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a series of interlocking pins 9900 for connecting plates 6610 together. In some embodiments, the pins 9900 may be vertical hook pins. In some embodiments, the pins 9900 may be angular pins that may form a bridge over a gap defined between two plates 6610.
[00641] Figure 100 is a schematic for attachment features of a mount assembly. In some embodiments, an adhesive sheet 10000 may be used to connect two plates together 6610 or to connect a plate 6610 to a surface. The adhesive sheet 10000 may have one or more protective
covers on either side of the sheet 10000 that may be peeled off. The adhesive sheet 10000 may be connected to a top surface, bottom surface, or side or edge of the plate 6610.
[00642] In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a clip 10010. The clip 10010 may be similar to clip 9600, except the clip 10010 may have a lock mechanism 10020. The lock mechanism 10020 may have a default outward position, as depicted in Figure 100 (e.g. spring loaded outward). When the clip 10010 is being inserted into a recess, the recess may push the lock mechanism 10020 inward, allowing the clip 10010 to be inserted into the recess. When the clip 10010 is received in the recess, the lock mechanism 10020 may extend outwards, thereby locking the clip 10010 in the recess.
[00643] In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a clip 10040. The clip 10040 may be similar to the clip 9600. As depicted in Figure 100, the clip 10040 may be dimensioned and shaped with angled sides to promote insertion into a recess 10030.
[00644] As depicted in Figure 100, the plates 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 may not all be the same shape. For example, the plate 6610a may have a generally octagon shape, and the plate 6610b may have a generally square shape. Plates 6610a and plates 6610b may be connected together to form a mount assembly 6600.
[00645] Figure 101 is a schematic for attachment features of a mount assembly.
[00646] In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a tongue 10110 and groove 10120. In some embodiments, the thickness of the tongue 10110 and the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/16”. In some embodiments, the distance from the top surface of the plate 6610 to the top edge of the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/32”. In some embodiments, the distance from the bottom surface of the plate 6610 to the bottom edge of the groove 10120 may be approximately 1/32”.
[00647] In some embodiments, the attachment feature may be a clip 10130. The clip 10130 may be similar to the clip 9600, except the clip 10130 may have flexible sides that may be inserted into a recess 10140. When being inserted into the recess 10140, the flexible sides of the clip 10130 may elastically deform until the clip 10130 is received in the recess 10140. Then, the clip 10130 returns to its original shape.
[00648] Figure 102 is a schematic of another plate 6610 of the mount assembly 6600.
[00649] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have opposing tongues or flanges 10200 extending from opposing corners of the plate 6610. In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may have opposing tongues or flanges 10200 extending from opposing sides of the plate 6610.
[00650] In some embodiments, the plate 6610 may comprise one or more through holes or recesses 10210 for reducing the overall weight of the plate 6610, or for reducing expansion or contraction of the plate 6610 (e.g. due to temperature). Through hole may extend through the plate 6610 from the top surface of the plate 6610 to the bottom surface of the plate 6610. Recesses may be similar to through holes, but may not extend through the plate 6610. The recess may begin at the top surface or the bottom surface of the plate 6610.
[00651] In some embodiments, the joining component 6620 may have one or more through holes or recesses 10210.
[00652] Figure 103 is a schematic of four plates 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 connected by joining components 6620. As depicted in Figure 103, one of the plates 6610 has through holes or recesses 10210. The through holes or recesses 10210 may be circular, or may be another shape, such as triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, irregular shapes, and the like. The plate 6610 may have one or more through holes or recesses 10210. The number and size of through holes or recesses 10210 may depend on the amount of weight of the plate 6610 to reduce, and how the expansion or contraction of the plate 6610 is to be controlled.
[00653] The through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce weight of the plate 6610. For example, the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce approximately 30% weight of the plate 6610.
[00654] The through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce the contact area for surface coverage. For example, the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce approximately 50% surface coverage.
[00655] The through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce contact area without increasing possibility of telegraphing. The design of the through holes or recesses 10210 may avoid lineation or raised or recessed lineal direction.
[00656] The through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce the cost of materials used to manufacture the plates 6610 and joining components 6620.
[00657] The through holes or recesses 10210 may create atmospheric stability so as to produce for the “closing” of gaps between the plates 6610 and the joining components 6620.
[00658] In some embodiments, moulds (e.g. cavity moulds) for manufacturing the plates 6610 may be refurbished to manufacture plates 6610 if through holes or recesses 10210.
[00659] In some embodiments, overlap may be rationalized and designed.
[00660] The through holes or recesses 10210 may lead to a cost savings when manufacturing the mount assembly 6600.
[00661] For example, the estimated weight of a mount assembly 6600 may be approximately 4 pounds per square yard.
[00662] For an example calculation, the through holes or recesses 10210 may reduce the weight of the mount assembly 6600 by approximately 30%. Accordingly, the weight reduction of the mount assembly 6600 with through holes or recesses 10210 may be 4 pounds per square yard x 30% = 1 .2 lbs reduction per square yard, leaving 2.8 pounds per square yard for balance of weight.
[00663] For example, for cost reduction (and increase in base weight of plate if needed), filler may be used. For example, 30% filler may be used. 30% filler = 30% x 2.8 pounds per square yard = 0.84 pounds per square yard. Estimating the cost of filler at 0.20 cents, then the cost of filler = 0 .84 pounds per square yard x 0.20 cents per pound = 0.168 cents per square yard. The remaining weight of the mount assembly 6600 may be made using a polymer, such as recycled polymer. Estimating that the cost of the polymer is 0.45 cents per pound, then the cost of the polymer is 1.96 pounds per square yard x 0.45 cents per pound = 0.882 cents per square yard. Therefore; the estimated cost of the mount assembly 6600 with through holes or recesses 10210 may be 0.168 cents per square yard + 0.882 cents per square yard = 1.05 cents per square yard = 0.116 cents per square foot.
[00664] A mount assembly 6600 without through holes or recesses 10210 may cost more than a mount assembly 6600 with through holes or recesses 10210 as more material needs to be used to manufacture the mount assembly 6600 without through holes or recesses 10210.
[00665] The weight of the mount assembly 6600 may include additional thickness for joining the plates 6610 and the joining component 6620 to eliminate telegraphy.
[00666] For an example calculation, the weight of the mount assembly 6600 may be between 4.75-5.33 pounds per square yard. Approximately 30% of that weight may be reduced by through holes or recesses 10210. Of the remaining 70% weight, 30% may be filler (which may cost 0.20 cents per pound), and 70% may be recycled polymer (which may cost 0.40 cents per pound).
[00667] For the mount assembly 6600 weighing 4.75 pounds per square yard initially, the weight reduction from the through holes or recesses 10210 would be 4.75 pounds per square yard x 30% = 1 .2 pounds per square yard, so the weight of the mount assembly 6600 would be 2.8 pounds per square yard. If 30% of this weight is filler, then the cost is 30% x 2.8 pounds per square yard x 0.20 cents per pound = 0.168 cents per square yard. If 70% of this weight is recycled polymer, then the cost is 70% x 2.8 pounds per square yard x 0.40 cents per pound = 0.784 cents per square yard. The total cost would be (0.168 cents per square yard + 0.784 cents per square yard) 19 square foot per square yard = 0.105 cents per square foot.
[00668] A similar calculation may be done for the mount assembly 6600 weighing 5.33 pounds per square yard initially. This would lead to a cost of 0.14 cents per square foot.
[00669] Figure 104 is a schematic of a plate 6610 of a mount assembly 6600 having recesses and through-holes 10210.
[00670] Figure 105 is a schematic of plates 6610 of the mount assembly 6600. As depicted in Figure 105, plates 6610 may be an irregular shape, hexagon, square, or octagon. The plates 6610 may have another shape not depicted in Figure 105 (e.g. triangle, pentagon, heptagon, circle, oval, polygon, etc.).
[00671] As depicted in Figure 105, plates 6610 of different shapes may be joined together to form the mount assembly. In some embodiments, the plates 6610 on the bottom
row may be irregularly shaped to fit the edge of the surface on which the plates 6610 are installed.
[00672] Figure 106 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface.
[00673] Figure 107 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface. In some embodiments, as depicted in Figure 107, the first plates 6610 and joining components 6620 may be installed at the bottom of the surface, and then more plates 6610 and joining components 6620 may be used to build the mount assembly 6600 upwards.
[00674] Figure 108 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface. As depicted in Figure 108, there may be a sequence for installing the plates 6610. In some embodiments, the plates 6610 may be installed in rows. For example, as depicted in Figure 108, plates 6610 labelled with “1” may be installed first. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “2” may be installed second. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “3” may be installed third, and so on. The joining components 6620 may be used to connect plates 6610 together or to connect the plates 6610 to the surface.
[00675] Figure 109 is a schematic of mounting a mount assembly 6600 to a surface. As depicted in Figure 109, there may be a sequence for installing the plates 6610. In some embodiments, the plates 6610 may be installed in rows. For example, as depicted in Figure 108, plates 6610 labelled with “1A” may be installed first. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “1 B” may be installed second. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “2” may be installed third. Then, plates 6610 labelled with “3” may be installed fourth, and so on. The joining components 6620 may be used to connect plates 6610 together or to connect the plates 6610 to the surface.
[00676] As depicted in Figure 109, the plates 6610 may have tongues 10810 and grooves 10820 for aligning the plates 6610. The plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be connected to the surface, for example, using screws or a double-sized adhesive.
[00677] The bottom most row of plates 6610 may be level of the edge of the surface on which the mount assembly 6600 may be installed.
[00678] Figure 110 is a schematic of mounting a tile system to a mount assembly 6600. The tile system may be defined by tile assemblies 100 or 4000, as described herein.
[00679] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 has hooks on the top surface of the mount assembly 6600. In some embodiments, the tile system has corresponding loops on the bottom surface. The tile system may be mounted to the mount assembly 6600 using the hooks and loops. In some embodiments, other mechanical connections may connect the tile system to the mount assembly 6600.
[00680] Figure 111 is a schematic of a wall 11100 for mounting the mount assembly 6600. The wall 11100 may have corners and projecting walls.
[00681] In some embodiments, the mount assembly 6600 may be connected to a wall, and tile assemblies may be connected to the mount assembly 6600 using hooks and loops. In some embodiments, the tile assembly may use 2.5 mm thick vinyl material. In some embodiments, the tile assembly or the tile system may be 1 .22 m wide and 3.6 m high. The vinyl material may be pre-shaped on a thermal bending machine before being installed.
[00682] The tile assemblies, tile systems, and mount assembly described herein may be used in harsh environments. For example, the temperature may be between -25 °C to 60 °C.
[00683] In some embodiments, the mount assembly may be secured to the surface using screws.
[00684] Where hooks and loops may be used to connect the mount assembly to the tile systems, a portion of the bottom surface of the tile system may have hooks or loops, or a portion of the top surface of the mount assembly may have the other of hooks or loops.
[00685] In some embodiments, the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be made with recycled PET. The thickness of the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 may be a minimum thickness that may allow the plates 6610 or joining components 6620 to function.
[00686] By using recycled PET, expansion features may be removed as it is more stable regarding temperature.
[00687] Figure 112 is a flow chart S11200 depicting a method for assembling and using a tile system to cover a floor. The tile system may comprise two tiles stacked together with a reinforcing material therebetween.
[00688] In S11202, joining a first tile and second tile to reinforcing material disposed therebetween. The first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a first tile assembly.
[00689] In S11204, similar to S11202, joining a first tile and a second tile to reinforcing material disposed therebetween. The first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a second tile assembly.
[00690] In S11206, connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly with a connector to define a tiling system. The connector may have a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
[00691] In S11208, free floating the tile system on the floor. When the tile system is laid on the floor, the tile system may free float on the floor. In some embodiments, the tile system may level itself based on the texture or contours of the floor or surface on which the tile system is laid on. In some embodiments, the tile system may be installed on top of an existing floor or substrate. In some embodiments, sand may be used to partially level the existing floor or substrate when uneven. In some embodiments, the tile system may be installed on top of an existing floor or substrate which is not level, without the use of any levelling material between the existing floor/substrate and the tile system. That is, the tile system is installed in a “free floating” manner, unattached to the existing floor or substrate below. Such a configuration may be relatively easy to remove when compared to tiling systems which require that the tiles be secured or fastened to the floor or substrate in some manner.
[00692] Figure 113 is a flow chart S11300 depicting a method for mounting a tile system to a surface using a mount assembly.
[00693] In S11302, installing plates and joining components on a surface. The joining components may join a plurality of plates together. The plates and joining components may be connected to the surface using fasteners, such as screws, nails, plugs, adhesive, and the like. In some embodiments, a bottom row of plates and joining components may be installed first. Then, more plates and joining components may be used to install more of the mount assembly upwards.
[00694] In S11304, joining a first tile and second tile to reinforcing material disposed therebetween. The first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a first tile assembly.
[00695] In S11306, similar to S11304, joining a first tile and a second tile to reinforcing material disposed therebetween. The first tile may be stacked on the second tile. This may define a second tile assembly.
[00696] In S11308, connecting the first tile assembly with the second tile assembly with a connector to define a tiling system. The connector may have a first component and a second component that is complementary to the first component, wherein the first tile assembly has the first component and the second tile assembly has the second component.
[00697] In S11310, connecting the tiling system with the mount assembly. The tiling system and the mount assembly may be connected together using hooks and loops. For example, a surface of the tiling system has hooks or loops, and a surface of the mount assembly has the other of hooks or loops. The surfaces of the tiling system and mount assembly having the hooks and loops may be joined together such that the hooks and loops engage, and the tiling system connects with the mount assembly.
[00698] Figure 114 is a schematic of telegraphing on a floor when using roll-out vinyl. In some embodiments, telegraphing may happen on roll-out vinyl. As depicted in Figure 114, the seams of hook plates may be seen. In some embodiments, the joining component may be seen. The vinyl may be standing up on the seams defined between the plates. This may be caused because the hookless area on the edges of the hook plates plus the expansion gaps, which may create a relatively large area where there are no hooks.
[00699] Figure 115 is a schematic of a round object 11500 on a tile assembly 100. The force applied to the tile assembly, and the stress experienced by the tile assembly, may be distributed over the tile assembly, which may improve the strength of the tile assembly.
[00700] Figure 116 is a schematic of a corner of a tile.
[00701] Figure 117 is a schematic of a tile assembly.
[00702] Figure 119 shows a tile assembly wherein the magnet attachment elements 11980 are mounted directly adjacent the tile 102 or tile assembly 100 (e.g., by an adhesive or other bonding; or without any bonding). In an embodiment at least two magnets 11980 are employed along an edge of the tile assembly. Each magnet 11980 may be retained by the spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908). The spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) may also displace a magnet 11980 from an associated magnet on another tile assembly. The spacer 11906 may be configured to include a continuous (or partial or intermittent) longitudinal edge receptacle or groove 12106 defined by the spacer 11906 for receiving a complimentary tongue of an adjacent tile (e.g., as shown in Figure 121). A magnetic attachment element retainer 11908 may be included (or employed instead of spacer 11906) to maintain or encourage the position of the magnetic attachment element 11980. Such retainer 11908 may not be necessary if the magnet is attached to the tile edge. The retainer 11908 may additionally (or alternatively) serve to space the magnetic attachment element 11980 from a similar feature of an adjacent tile and thereby act to provide all, some or none of the displacement for maintaining a separation of adjacent magnetic elements 11980 of adjacent tiles. The spacer 11906 may be integrally formed (by machining, extrusion, molding or otherwise) or it may be constructed in pieces and adhered, melted or otherwise assembled.
[00703] In some embodiments, the retainer 11908 adjacent the magnetic attachment element 11980 may completely encase the magnetic element or partially cover the element.
[00704] In some embodiments, the retainer 11908 may be eliminated and a spacer assembly (not shown) may be mounted directly to the magnetic attachment element 11980 (provided that the magnetic attachment element 11980 is otherwise mounted to, or maintained in a position relative to, the tile assembly 100). In such embodiment, a spacer 11906 may be mounted directly to the magnetic attachment element 11980. The spacer may be as small as less than a millimetre in at least one, and alternatively all, dimension(s) (or covering up to the entire face of the magnetic attachment element 11980 and having a thickness suitable to displace the magnetic element 11980 from a magnetic attachment element 11980 on an adjacent tile (e.g., having a thickness of between about 0.1 to 50mm, 0.5 mm to 10 mm or between about 2 mm to about 4 mm; or other suitable dimension depending upon the size and geometry of the elements being installed) so that it spaces the magnetic attachment element 11980 from a corresponding magnetic attachment element 11980 on an adjacent tile assembly. The spacers on different tile assemblies may be configured differently. In the embodiments
described above, the spacer assembly 11906 may be eliminated or partially implemented (e.g., including only portions of the spacer 11906) when the mounted spacer assembly described above is implemented. Hence, embodiments may include at least a single tile, a magnetic element, and a spacer as described above with the functions described herein, and may exclude other features of the tile assembly 100 including the spacer assembly 11906 and attachment features (e.g., 106, 706, and 11806).
[00705] The spacer assembly 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) shown in Figure 119 may be mounted to the tile assembly 100 (and/or magnet 11980) using an adhesive, glue, by melting or other suitable attachment method. Alternatively, the spacer assembly 11906 may be configured as shown in Figures 119 to 125 so that it clips to or frictionally attaches to the tile assembly 100, without any adhesive. The spacer assembly 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) may be flexible or rigid. A more rigid spacer assembly (and/or retainer) may facilitate the retention of the magnetic attachment elements 11980 when magnetic attachment elements 11980 from adjacent assemblies are separated. More flexible spacer assemblies (and/or retainer) may deform, which may be suitable provided that such spacers do not break when deformed during tile assembly separation. Spacer assemblies (and/or retainers) made of a resilient material (e.g., a rubber or similar element) may permit flexibility when adjacent tile assemblies are separated, while functioning as a grout, seal, spacer and/or magnetic element retainer.
[00706] The spacer assembly 11906 may have a partial, intermittent or continuous lip adjacent a top (or decorative) surface of the tile. Such lip may be visually pleasing serving to partially or entirely span any gap between adjacent assembled tiles. Such lip may also function as a grout to inhibit undesired material (whether solid, liquid or gas) from passing between installed tiles.
[00707] The spacer assembly 11906 may also have a feature for frictionally gripping or overlapping a surface of the decorative covering for attachment thereto. Such overlap may provide a surface for adhesive or melting to the tile.
[00708] While some of the embodiments herein are described in terms of tongue and groove, snap, clip, friction or other attachment configurations, adjacent decorative coverings may be installed without such features. A magnetic attachment element 11980 mounted to the edge of a decorative covering and having a spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) mounted to the magnetic attachment element (for example, as described above) or wherein the spacer
11906 (and/or retainer 11908) is otherwise attached to or formed integrally with the tile assembly to encourage spacing between magnetic attachment elements 11980 of different tile assemblies, may not require any additional attachment feature such as tongue and groove. In such embodiments, a grout or other functional or decorative element may be added or eliminated.
[00709] Figures 120, 121 , and 122 show that the magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be retained by the spacer 11906 such that the spacer 11906 is connected to the tile 102, and the magnetic attachment element 11980 is connected to the spacer or held by the spacer 11906. The magnetic attachment element 11980 may additionally or alternatively be attached to the tile 102.
[00710] As illustrated in Figure 120, the spacer 11906 assembly may include a tongue feature 12006 along at least one edge of the tile and a groove 12106 feature along an adjacent edge. This may facilitate the engagement with other complimentary tiles in order to form a covering for a substrate. If two adjacent edges include a tongue feature and two adjacent edges include a groove feature, then multiple assemblies may be installed by engagement with one another to cover a substrate. Such features may be continuous or intermittent. The geometry of the tile assemblies may be triangular, rectangular, polygonal, or other regular or irregular shape that permits the repeated interlocking of similar or different assemblies to cover a substrate.
[00711] Figure 122 illustrates that the magnetic attachment element 11980 may be spaced along its length to provide a desired separation from a magnetic attachment element 11980 from an adjacent installed tile assembly (not shown).
[00712] Figures 123, 124 and 125 provide enlarged views of a magnetic attachment element 11980 and spacer 11906 assembly (with Figures 123 and 124 illustrating the spacer 11906 assembly from a side that engages with an edge of a tile assembly 100). For example, Figure 123 illustrates an optional flange 12300 that abuts an underside of a tile assembly 100 to facilitate placement and retention of the tile assembly 100. Magnetic attachment elements 11980 are exposed for attachment to the tile assembly 100. Alternatively, the magnetic attachment elements 11980 need not be exposed if the spacer assembly 11906 is configured to retain the magnetic element (though the magnetic element may still be exposed even if it is not to be attached to the tile assembly directly).
[00713] Figure 125 illustrates the groove 12106 defined by the spacer assembly. A grout like feature 12500 is included above the magnetic attachment element 11980 for creating an aesthetically pleasing feature between assembled adjacent tile assemblies, for example, by reducing any visible gaps or unevenness between such assemblies. Such grout like feature 12500 may also function to inhibit the passage of material between assembled tile assemblies.
[00714] An illustrative embodiment may include a relatively uniform rectangular tile assembly having side dimensions generally in the 2 cm to 200 cm range; or alternatively in the 5 cm to 50 cm range; or further alternatively in the 15 cm to 75 cm range; or further alternatively in the 15 cm to 60 cm range. Other dimension may be employed. Tile thicknesses may be as are found in the marketplace including generally 2 mm to 20 mm, 4 mm to 16 mm or 5 mm to 10 mm, for each stacked tile of the tile assembly 100. The attachment feature 106, 706,11806 and/or spacer 11906 (and/or retainer 11908) may have a thickness that generally corresponds to the overall thickness of the combined stacked tiles of the tile assembly, and may be marginally thicker to facilitate connection to the tile assembly 100 and/or for aesthetics (e.g., to provide a more prominent grout-like or decorative feature). The attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may have a width that is marginally greater than the width of the associated magnetic attachment elements 11980 to ensure a desired separation of such elements as discussed herein. The width of the attachment feature 106, 706, 11806 and/or spacer 11906 may be greater for the aesthetic appearance of installed tile assemblies.
Positioning of the magnetic attachment elements 11980 may be adjusted accordingly to ensure the desired spacing (e.g., a magnetic element may itself be spaced from an edge of the tile assembly or made in a wider shape to accommodate a desired wider attachment feature/spacer).
[00715] An embodiment may include stacked tiles 102 that may be approximately 30 cm by 30 cm and having a thickness of about 5 mm, and include one to ten, two to eight, or four to six neodymium magnets on each side. Each magnet may be generally in the range of (length x depth x width): .5 cm to 6 cm x ,1cm to .5 cm x .1 cm to 1 cm; or 1 cm to 5 cm x .2 cm to .4 cm x .2 cm to .5 cm; or 2 cm x .4 cm x .2 cm. Neodymium magnets are preferable, but magnets of similar, greater, or lesser strength may also be used.
[00716] Each neodymium magnet may include 0.5 to 10 grams, 1 to 5 grams, 1.5 to 4 grams, or 2 grams of neodymium. Each magnet may exert an attractive force of 1 Newton (N)
to 50 N; 2N to 2 5 N; 4 N to 20 N; or 5 N to 18 N. Each magnet may also include about 10%- 50% neodymium by weight, or 20 to 40%, or 25 to 35% or 30%.
[00717] In one or more embodiments a general formula may be used to determine dimensions for magnets on a given side of a tile (the invention is not limited to this formula). The formula may be used for each side of a tile. for an approximately 12 inch side (approx. 30 cm) long side:
WxTxLxN > or = to 600, where
W width of magnet in mm T thickness of magnet in mm L length of one magnet in mm N number of 5 Newton magnets per edge
(the foregoing formula may be used for other sized sides as well; with the number of magnets adjusted as needed; e.g., the factor may be 300 for a smaller 6 inch (approx. 15 cm) side and 900 for a 18 inch (approx. 45 cm) side).
Different target numbers may be increased or decreased depending on the amount of attraction desired (e.g., 800 may be used instead of 600 when additional magnetic attraction is desired). The foregoing formula is for convenience and not of limitation.
[00718] Not shown in the Figures is an alternative embodiment wherein the magnetic attachment element 11980 is engaged by the tile 102 but not physically connected. For instance, the magnetic attachment element 11980 may be embedded in the tile 102 material itself (e.g. the ceramic, porcelain, stone etc.) such that magnetic attachment elements 11980 in adjacent tiles are spaced apart by the tiles themselves in the absence of a physically separate spacer 11906. In embodiments, magnetic elements 11980 may be spaced by a gap without a physical spacer such as retainer 11908. In such embodiments, corresponding magnetic elements 11980 or adjacent tile assemblies are positioned, or caused to be positioned, relative to one another in spaced relationship by the geometry of features such as the spacer 11906.
[00719] FIGS. 126A-126C illustrate a tile assembly 20000 comprising a tile 20006 having a grout connector 20008 (which is a prefabricated grout and may be referred to as “connector” herein) disposed therearound. The tile 20006 may be formed from one or more tiles, or layers (not shown). The layers can be decorative or non-decorative. The tile 20006 may have a thickness of, for example, from about 7.5mm to about 8.5mm. The connector 20008, shown in isolation in FIGS. 127A-127B, may be attached to the tile 20006 by, for example, an adhesive. The connector 20008 may include one or more tongue attachment features (20010, 20012) and one or more complementary groove attachment features (20011). Such attachment features may extend partially or completely along the length of each side the connector 20008. The connector may have a plurality of recesses 20004 defined therein for receiving one or more magnetic elements 20010 (FIG. 1C) such that the magnetic elements 20010 can be directly attached to the side faces of the tile 20006 and/or to the connector 20008, such as by an adhesive. The magnetic elements 20010 in combination with the attachment features (20010,20011 ,20012) may permit a detachable connection between the tile assembly 20002 and one or more other tile assemblies (not shown). The detachable connection may be maintained by a mechanical resistive force and a magnetic force attracting the tile assemblies toward one another.
[00720] The connector 20008 or at least its attachment features may be made from an elastic material to minimize and preferably eliminate gaps between adjacent connectors when the tile assemblies are installed. The detachable connection may thus be a water tight connection. The elastic material may be, for example, Avient Dynalloy™, or may be selected from other suitable thermoplastic elastomers. In a preferred embodiment, the connector may be configured to maintain a gap (not shown) between complementary magnetic elements of adjacent tile assemblies. The gap may be from, for example, from about 0.4mm to about 0.8mm. Such gap may enable a degree of conformation of the tile system to the floor on which it is installed, particularly when the floor has imperfections/irregularities. This may reduce or obviate the need for a sub-floor or a leveller as required when installing prior tile systems. The ability of the tile system to conform may also reduce or avoid the need for expansion joints between tiles when they would otherwise be required. Further, the gap between the assemblies may facilitate removal of a broken installed tile.
[00721] In some embodiments, the assembly includes at least one multi-pole magnet (e.g., 4 or 6 pole magnets) on each side of the tile to encourage self-alignment. In other
embodiments, standard (north/south) magnets may be used. In some embodiments, complementary magnetic elements may be complementary pairs of a suitable metal (e.g., steel) and a magnet.
[00722] In some embodiments, the magnets are Neodymium Iron Boron magnets. Such magnets may be, for example, nickel plated or epoxy plated. The length may be greater than the height, and the height greater than the width. In some embodiments, the magnets are about 48mm +/- 0.2 mm (length) x 4mm +/- 0.1 mm (height) x 1 ,2mm +/- 0.1 mm (width), with the width dimension referring to the extent of protrusion from a side of the tile. Such magnet dimensions may permit a relatively thin grout connector, i.e. , about 3mm +/-0.2 mm which may improve aesthetic appeal.
[00723] The grout connector may be treated with plasma light, corona light, or other suitable roughening techniques to encourage an additional level of adherence between the connector and tile. The grout connector may include small holes to increase adhesion when using an adhesive to bond the connector to the tile.
[00724] In one aspect, the tile assembly may be assembled by: applying adhesive to a plurality of sides of a first tile; attaching a connector to the plurality of sides of the first tile; attaching at least one magnetic element to each of the plurality of sides; and applying pressure to urge the at least one magnetic element against its respective side.
[00725] In another aspect, provided is a tool 20015 (FIG. 128) for removing a tile from a system of detachably connected tiles, the tool comprising: a support assembly including at least one support bar including or attachable to first and second mounts, the support bar being configured to receive, intermediate the first and second mounts, a suction assembly including at least one suction cup for engaging the tile by suction and detaching it from the system of tiles. If the tile to be detached is broken, a non porous plastic sheet with an adhesive on one side may be applied to the outer surface of the tile and the suction cup may then engage the sheet to remove the tile.
[00726] The tool 20015 may include a centering element 20024 including suction cups and rods, and may be operated manually by a drive wheel 20018 to remove a tile. The tool 20015 may include a support assembly comprising a frame 20020 which is depicted as a sole bar, but may include more than one support bars, for example, in a cross or other configuration.
The frame 20020 may include or be supported by mounts 20016. The tool 20015 may be used to replace a broken tile by first placing and centering the tool 20015 on the tile to be replaced. Next, suction cups (not clearly shown) may engage the tile, and the wheel 20018 may be turned to lift the tile to be replaced. The neighboring tiles may be partially lifted, or may stay on the floor. Once the tile to be replaced is disengaged from the surrounding tiles, and a new tile can be engaged by the centering element. This tile may then be replaced by being lowered into engagement with the aforementioned neighboring tiles.
[00727] The tile assembly (i.e. , the tile and connector) described herein may have different shapes. For example, the tile assembly may be generally square in shape. As another example, the tile assembly may be generally a circle, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, an irregular shape, having one or more curves sides, and the like. The tile may be made of a variety of materials. For example, the tile may be resilient flooring that may be made of marmoleum (sheet goods or modules), vinyl (sheet goods or modules), luxury vinyl tile (LVT; some LVT may have a textured surface and other LVT may have a smooth surface), or vinyl composite tile (VCT). As another example, the tile may be made with narrow or wide width tufted carpet, painted or woven carpet, or carpet tile. The carpet materials may be glued down, double stitched, or pod and smoothed out as appropriate. In some embodiments, the tile may be Laminam ® tiles. As another example, the tile may be a laminate tile, porcelain tile, ceramic tile, stone tile, marble tile, and the like. The tile of the tile assembly may be previously cut, or the material for the tile may be purchased to independently fabricate the tile and independently cut the tile. The material of the tile (e.g. marble, porcelain, or ceramic in thin sheets) may be cut into thin sheets (veneer concept) and may be joined with a stabilizer, such as fiber glass.
[00728] In some embodiments, tiles with a flat back and tiles for the support back maybe used, and laminated with a suitable fibre fabric material therebetween.
[00729] In some embodiments, there may be air pockets between the two tiles of a tile assembly having two tiles stacked above each other. The tile assembly may have a feature to reduce the amount of air pockets or mitigate formation of the air pockets between the two tiles.
[00730] In some embodiments, the material used to bond the tiles together of a two-tile tile assembly may be particular to the types of tile used. For example, if Laminam ® tiles are
used, then bond used for bonding Laminam ® tiles should be used. This allows appropriate transfer of stress through the tiles and through the reinforcing layer (e.g. fibre glass layer).
[00731] In some embodiments, one or more steps of the manufacturing process for the tile assembly may be automated, for example, using a robot. For example, the pallet for the rolls and tiles, glue, and jig, may be automated using a robot.
[00732] In some embodiments, the tile assemblies and mount assemblies described herein may be tested using a Robinson test. A machine may apply a load repeatedly using a wheel, which may represent years of traffic. During the testing, the tile assemblies and mount assemblies may be evaluated for cracking, attachment feature deterioration or grout deterioration, and degree of waterproofing.
[00733] In some embodiments, the grout may be conventional grout. When repairing the attachment feature or grout, a chisel or chop may be used in the affected area and the grout may be removed. In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may still be connected together when the grout is applied.
[00734] In some embodiments, a tile made with marble may be laminated to a tile made with ceramic.
[00735] The tile assembly and mount assembly described herein may not require extensive technical skills or experience to install. The parts may be easy to assemble together and easy to install on the surface. The tile assembly and mount assembly may be installed on a surface without use of a subsurface or support surface, such as mesh, beds, mortar, or grout.
[00736] As the tile assembly and mount assembly may be installed on a surface without use of a subsurface or support surface, such as mesh, beds, mortar, or grout, inconveniences associated with using these subsurfaces or support surfaces may be avoided. For example, no mortar needs to be kept flat prior to installing a tile assembly or mount assembly on a surface.
[00737] As no mortar needs to be set or no grout finishing needs to be applied, time may be saved when installing the tile assembly or mount assembly to a surface.
[00738] In some embodiments, the reinforcing material between the two tiles of a tile assembly may be changed based on the application of the tile assembly. As discussed herein,
the reinforcing material may be fibre glass. In some embodiments, the reinforcing material may be Kevlar ®. Accordingly, the tile assembly may have a military application.
[00739] In some embodiments, the tile assembly may be used on nautical crafts, such as boats or cruise ships, as a free floating and self-levelling flooring.
[00740] The tile system, comprising tile assemblies connected together, may level itself when installed on a floor. This may improve or promote walking on the tile system.
[00741] In some embodiments, the tile assemblies may have sound proofing or noise reduction capabilities.
[00742] In some embodiments, if grout is installed on the tile system having the tile assemblies, the tile system may prevent or reduce the frequency of the popping of the grout.
[00743] In some embodiments, the tile assembly and mount assembly may reduce re-modelling costs. For example, if a floor laid with conventional tile is damaged, then the entire floor may have to be replaced. If the floor was laid with the tile assemblies described herein, then only the damaged tile assemblies may be replaced.
[00744] In some embodiments, holes may be cut in the tile assembly or mount assembly.
[00745] In some embodiments, marble or another top surface may be on the laminate.
[00746] There may be a reduction in labour cost and reduction in skill cost as it may be relatively easy to use, assemble, or install the tile assembly and the mount assembly.
[00747] In some embodiments, the systems and methods described herein may allow for the pre-packaging of total floor areas and walls. For example, with conventional equipment (e.g. an application on a mobile computing device that might contain optical measurement devices), precise dimensions of a wall, room or area thereof may be obtained quickly and without difficulty. Alternatively, precise measurements may be provided by the customer or collected. Pictures may also be used to calculate room dimensions. Using these dimensions, tiles may be pre-assembled and pre-cut by the manufacturer. These pre-assembled and pre-cut tiles can be packaged for delivery and delivered for on-site installation. Rather than requiring the services of a skilled professional (who would have to make decisions and cut tiles on-site), the systems,
methods and products disclosed herein may allow for relatively simple installation of the preassembled tiles in free floating fashion. As such, significant savings in labour may be obtained relative to conventional tiling systems, which would require expert labour.
[00748] The tile assembly or mount assembly may present environmental benefits. During installation, no attachment cement or grout finishing may be necessary, which may reduce mess during installation of the tile assembly. As individual tile assemblies may be removed, little mess may be created when uninstalling the tile assembly. The tile assemblies may also be uninstalled easily and reused. In some embodiments, using the tile assembly does not generate much dust or require additional adhesives or materials to join the tile assembly together. When using the tile assembly, pre-working of the subsurface (e.g. applying mortar on floor, sanding down a wall, redoing a drywall, etc.) may not be required.
[00749] The preceding discussion provides many example embodiments. Although each embodiment represents a single combination of inventive elements, other examples may include all suitable combinations of the disclosed elements. Thus, if one embodiment comprises elements A, B, and C, and a second embodiment comprises elements B and D, other remaining combinations of A, B, C, or D, may also be used.
[00750] The term “connected” or "coupled to" may include both direct coupling (in which two elements that are coupled to each other contact each other) and indirect coupling (in which at least one additional element is located between the two elements).
[00751] Although the embodiments have been described in detail, it should be understood that various changes, substitutions and alterations can be made herein.
[00752] Moreover, the scope of the present application is not intended to be limited to the particular embodiments of the process, machine, manufacture, composition of matter, means, methods and steps described in the specification. As one of ordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate from the disclosure of the present invention, processes, machines, manufacture, compositions of matter, means, methods, or steps, presently existing or later to be developed, that perform substantially the same function or achieve substantially the same result as the corresponding embodiments described herein may be utilized. Accordingly, the appended claims are intended to include within their scope such processes, machines, manufacture, compositions of matter, means, methods, or steps.
[00753] As can be understood, the examples described above and illustrated are intended to be examples only. The invention is defined by the appended claims.
Claims
1. A tile system for installation on a free floating basis to form a surface covering on a substrate without bonding the tile assembly to the substrate, the tile system comprising: a first tile assembly configured for connection to a second tile assembly, each of the first and second tile assemblies comprising: a first attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a first tile of the first tile assembly, the first attachment component including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, the side surface of the first tile having one or more magnetic elements connected thereto; and a second attachment component connected thereto and extending along a side surface of a second tile of the second tile assembly, the second attachment including at least one polymeric surface contacting the side surface of the first tile assembly, and the side surface of the second tile having one or more other magnetic elements, complementary to the one or more magnetic elements of the first tile assembly, connected thereto and positioned such that there is a magnetic force of attraction between the complementary magnetic elements.
2. The system of claim 1 , wherein the magnetic elements of the first and second attachment components are protruding from the side surfaces less than the polymeric surfaces such that there is a space between complementary magnetic elements.
3. The tile system of claim 1 or 2, wherein the first tile is bonded to a layer of stabilizing material.
4. The tile system of any one of claimsl to 3, wherein the first and second attachment components are connected to each side surface of the first and second tiles, respectively.
5. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first and second attachment components are the same shape as the tiles, and extend along each side surface of the first and second tiles, respectively.
6. The tile system of claim 5, wherein the first and second attachment components each include two polymeric tongues on two opposing sides of the tiles, and two complementary polymeric grooves on two other opposing sides of the tiles, and the magnetic force compresses the attachment components so as to create a water resistant seal between the tile assemblies that has the appearance of grout.
7. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least one magnetic element has a thickness that is less than the width and length, a width that is less than the length and more than the thickness, and a length greater than the thickness and width.
8. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first and second tile assemblies each comprises: two of the magnetic elements on each of the side surfaces, the two magnetic elements being on opposite sides of one of the at least one polymeric surface.
9. The tile system of claim 8, wherein the two magnetic elements are from about 3 to about 9 inches apart from one another.
10. The tile system of claim 9, wherein the two magnetic elements are about 6 inches apart from one another.
- 111 -
11 . The tile system of any one of claims 5 to 10, wherein the length is from about 40mm to about 60mm, the width is from about 2mm to about 6mm, and the thickness is from about 0.5mm to about 2mm.
12. The tile system of claim 11 , wherein the length is about 48mm, the width is about 4mm, and the thickness is about 1 ,2mm.
13. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein at least one of the magnetic elements is a neodymium magnet.
14. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the space between the complementary magnetic elements is at least .02 mm.
15. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the space between the complementary magnetics is from about 0.4 mm to about 0.8 mm.
16. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the space between the complementary magnetic elements is from about 0.5 to about 0.7 mm.
17. The tile system of any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein an inner surface of the first and second attachment features in contact with the sides of the first and second tiles are roughened to promote adherence between the attachment features and the sides.
- 112 -
18. The tile system of claim 17, wherein the inner surface of the first and second attachment features is treated with plasma light or corona light.
19. The tile system of claim 17 or 18, wherein the first and second attachment features are connected to the sides by an adhesive, and an inner surface of the first and second attachment features has defined therein small apertures to strengthen adhesion provided by the adhesive.
20. A frame for receiving a polymeric attachment feature, the frame and polymeric attachment feature having a similar shape, the frame comprising: four sides, each of the sides including a compressible joint permitting a reduction in length of each side of the frame in response to an applied force, so as to facilitate placement of the polymeric attachment feature therearound when the compressible joint is at least partially compressed, the frame having a maximum width and length larger than a width and length of the polymeric attachment feature.
21 . The frame of claim 20, wherein the compressible joints include a spring.
22. The frame of claim 20 or 21 , wherein upper and lower surfaces of the frame have protrusions and recesses, respectfully, defined therein for receiving protrusions and recesses of other frames to facilitate stacking of the frames.
23. The frame of any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the length and the width of the frame are from about 1 mm to about 5mm larger than the length and the width of the polymeric attachment feature.
- 113 -
24. The frame of any one of claims 20 to 23, further comprising holes at each corner thereof that are engageable to compress the compressible joints.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA3240608A CA3240608A1 (en) | 2021-12-17 | 2022-12-16 | Hard surface connection system, method and product |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202163291025P | 2021-12-17 | 2021-12-17 | |
US63/291,025 | 2021-12-17 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023111300A1 true WO2023111300A1 (en) | 2023-06-22 |
Family
ID=84888781
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2022/086424 WO2023111300A1 (en) | 2021-12-17 | 2022-12-16 | Hard surface connection system, method and product |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CA (1) | CA3240608A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023111300A1 (en) |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2507129A (en) * | 2012-10-22 | 2014-04-23 | Viig Ltd | Tessellating panel with magnets to provide secure interface with adjacent panels. |
US20160340912A1 (en) * | 2015-05-21 | 2016-11-24 | Jeremy E. Norris | Magnetic interlocking portable floor |
-
2022
- 2022-12-16 CA CA3240608A patent/CA3240608A1/en active Pending
- 2022-12-16 WO PCT/EP2022/086424 patent/WO2023111300A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2507129A (en) * | 2012-10-22 | 2014-04-23 | Viig Ltd | Tessellating panel with magnets to provide secure interface with adjacent panels. |
US20160340912A1 (en) * | 2015-05-21 | 2016-11-24 | Jeremy E. Norris | Magnetic interlocking portable floor |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA3240608A1 (en) | 2023-06-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11899370B2 (en) | Interconnectable tiling system | |
US8186116B2 (en) | Tile tray | |
US9788674B2 (en) | Covering module | |
US8539727B2 (en) | Mechanically-held tile | |
US8353144B2 (en) | Prefabricated composite wall panel and method and apparatus for manufacture and installation thereof | |
US9890540B2 (en) | Floor or wall covering system with laying units which can be combined in a modular manner | |
US10753092B1 (en) | Fiber reinforced surface covering | |
US7263811B1 (en) | System and method for forming surfaces using tiled components and product resulting therefrom | |
US9003736B2 (en) | System for a floor covering | |
CN105986654B (en) | Changeable lining with plug connection | |
WO2023111300A1 (en) | Hard surface connection system, method and product | |
MXPA01009250A (en) | Multidirectional panels. | |
BR112020012511B1 (en) | TILE SYSTEM FOR INSTALLATION ON A FREE FLOATING BASE TO FORM A SURFACE COVERING A SUBSTRATE WITHOUT TILE ASSEMBLY BONDING WITH THE SUBSTRATE | |
NL1043569B1 (en) | Groove filling device for tile setting | |
GB2189820A (en) | Brick or tile laying spacer aid | |
JPH1181208A (en) | Flagstone | |
WO2019028737A1 (en) | Inlaid composite floor block | |
JPH085238Y2 (en) | Tile unit structure | |
WO2008141428A1 (en) | Surface covering systems |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22839745 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 3240608 Country of ref document: CA |